Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Department Stores / Debenhams plc / FY2012 Annual Report

Debenhams plc
Annual Report 2012

DEB · LSE Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker DEB
Exchange LSE
Sector Communication Services
Industry Department Stores
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2012 Annual Report · Debenhams plc
Loading PDF…
Debenhams plc
Annual Report and Accounts 2012

A leading 
international, 
multi-channel brand

Business model
Understanding Debenhams

Debenhams is a leading international, multi-channel brand which is available 
in 92 countries through stores or online. We put our customers at the heart 
of everything we do and are truly passionate about the products that we sell, 
half of which are exclusive to Debenhams.

How we buy

What we sell

A diverse supply chain
Our sourcing strategy is based on “right product, right country.” 
We have been direct sourcing for many years, resulting in 
long-standing relationships with suppliers around the world. 
China/Hong Kong remains our largest sourcing hub whilst 
other countries like Bangladesh are growing. At all times we 
need to meet our customers’ expectations that every one of 
our products is manufactured in a factory which is socially 
ethical and quality assurance compliant.

A unique, diff  erentiated and exclusive product off  er 
Delivering a compelling customer proposition is a key part of 
our strategy. Our off er is unique through a combination of own 
brands, international and concession brands. It is exclusive 
through core and designer own brands which account for 
almost half of everything that we sell. It is diff erentiated 
through Designers at Debenhams, a portfolio of diff  usion 
brands from some of the UK’s top fashion designers. We also 
give our customers the wide choice of product categories that 
they expect from a department store.

Country sourcing

Direct vs indirect sourcing

Unique mix of brands

Wide choice of product categories

Country 
China/Hong Kong 
India 
Bangladesh 
Vietnam 
Romania 
Turkey 
Pakistan 
Cambodia 
UK 
Sri Lanka 
Morocco 
Egypt 
Rest of world 

Direct 
Indirect 

%
50
12
9
5
5
4
3
2
2
2
1
1
4

%
65
35

Sales by brand 
Own bought core brands 
Own bought designers brands 
Own bought international 
brands  
Concessions/consignment  

%
28.9
17.2

30.6
23.3

Own bought sales by category 
Womenswear 
Menswear 
Childrenswear 
Lingerie 
Accessories 
Health & beauty 
Home & furniture 
Sports & leisure 
Food services 
Other 

%
17.6
13.8
9.9
6.3
14.0
22.8
11.5
0.5
3.4
0.2

65%Direct sourcing in 2012

76.7%2012 Own bought sales mix

Read more about trends in sustainable sourcing 
in the Sustainability Review on page 48.

Read more about “Delivering a compelling 
customer proposition” on page 20.

 
How we sell

Who we sell to

Giving customers around the world more ways to shop
The Debenhams brand trades through 239 stores in 28 
countries and is available online in 67 countries. Customers 
can also shop through smartphones, tablet computers and 
other mobile devices as well as more traditional sales channels 
such as catalogues and by telephone. Our fl exible approach 
means that we can tailor our product range to meet the 
demands of a particular local market or channel.

A family department store with something for everyone
Debenhams is a family department store that operates 
at the heart of the communities in which we are present. 
Our customer base refl ects our family orientation. In 2012 we 
gained market share in key categories including womenswear, 
menswear, premium health & beauty and home & furniture. 
Over the past year we have focused communications with 
our customers on the “Life Made Fabulous” theme.

Store numbers

Gross transaction value by segment

Frequency of visit

UK 
International – Ireland 
International – Denmark 
International – franchises 

No
154
11
6
68

UK  
International 

£m
2,204.6
503.4

Sales by channel

Sales by channel trend

Daily 
2-3 times a week 
Once a week 
Once a fortnight 
Once a month 
Every couple of months 
Less often 

%
2
8
21
17
23
17
12

95.9%

93.2%

90.7%

4.1%

6.8%

9.3%

2010

2011

2012

Instore

Online

Channel 
Instore (UK and 
international) 
Online (UK and 
international) 

£m 

%

 2,457.4 

90.7

250.6 

9.3

239Stores trading the Debenhams brand

Read more about how we are “Focusing on 
UK retail”, “Increasing availability and choice 
through multi-channel” and “Expanding the 
brand internationally” on pages 16 to 19, 
pages 24 to 27 and pages 28 to 31.

Market share by age

Market share gains in 2012

Under 20 
20-24 years 
25-34 years 
35-44 years 
45-54 years 
55-64 years 
65+ 
Source: Kantar Worldpanel Fashion 
market share data 24 weeks to 
2 September 2012

%
2.4
3.5
5.5
5.8
5.7
6.3
5.2

Total clothing 
Womenswear 
Menswear 
Childrenswear 
Health & beauty 
Home & furniture
Source: Kantar, NPD, GfK 

42Average age of Debenhams customer

Read more about how we communicate with 
our customers through our marketing activities 
on page 22.

 
 
 
 
Highlights

Gross transaction value *

£2.7bn

Revenue*

£2.2bn

Profi  t before tax*

£158.3m

Basic earnings per share *

9.8p 

Dividend per share**

3.3p 

+2.6%

+2.5%

+4.2%

+14.0%

+10.0%

*52 weeks to 1 September 2012 vs 52 weeks to 27 August 2011
**52 weeks to 1 September 2012 vs 53 weeks to 3 September 2011

Contents

Overview
4   Chairman’s letter
6  
8   Market overview

2012 performance KPIs

Strategy review
12   Chief Executive’s review
16   Focusing on UK retail
20  Delivering a compelling customer proposition
 Increasing availability and choice through 
24 
multi-channel

28  Expanding the brand internationally

Finance and risk review  
34   Chief Financial Offi  cer’s review 
39   Risk review

Sustainability
48   Sustainability review

Governance
55  Chairman’s introduction to governance
56   Board of directors
58   Corporate governance report
63   Directors’ report
66   Remuneration report

Accounts
75  Statement of directors’ responsibilities
76  

 Independent auditors’ report to the members 
of Debenhams plc (Group)
77  Consolidated income statement
78   Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
79   Consolidated balance sheet
80  Consolidated statement of changes in equity
81  Consolidated cash fl ow statement
82  Notes to the fi nancial statements
119   Five year record income statements
120  Five year record balance sheets
121 

 Independent auditors’ report to the 
members of Debenhams plc (Company)

122  Company balance sheet
123  Notes to the Company fi nancial statements

Other information
129   Store list
130  Glossary
131  Shareholder information

Note:
The 2012 fi nancial year comprised 52 weeks to 1 September 2012 whereas the 2011 fi nancial 
year comprised 53 weeks to 3 September 2011. The board believes that in order to have a proper 
understanding of the performance of the business, in many cases it is more appropriate to 
compare the 52 weeks of the 2012 fi nancial year with the fi rst 52 weeks of the 2011 fi nancial 
year (the 52 weeks to 27 August 2011). The basis on which comparisons are made is clearly 
stated throughout this Annual Report and Accounts. Further details are set out in the Chief 
Financial Offi  cer’s review on pages 34 to 38.

To view our online report visit:
ar12.debenhamsplc.com

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  1 

 
Overview

Over the next few pages we look 
at how Debenhams performed in 
2012 and put our performance into 
context with an overview of the 
UK high street market.

Chairman’s letter  p4
Key performance indicators  p6
Market overview  p8

For more information go to 
ar12.debenhamsplc.com

 2  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  3 

Chairman’s letter
Resilient performance in challenging markets

Nigel Northridge, Chairman

2012 was a year of celebration across the 
UK for many reasons, not least the Queen’s 
Diamond Jubilee and the hosting of 
enormously successful Olympic and 
Paralympic Games. For retailers, however, it 
was one of the most challenging years on record. 

 4  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

We are aware that capital allocation is a subject 
at the forefront of many shareholders’ minds. 
The fi rst priority for the use of capital in 
Debenhams is to invest in the strategy that 
Michael laid out in October 2011. 

Debenhams’ Corporate Governance Report 
can be found on pages 58 to 62 of this Annual 
Report and the Remuneration Report on 
pages 66 to 74. 

During the year, there were a number 
of changes to the board. Having joined 
Debenhams at the beginning of November 
2011, Simon Herrick was appointed Chief 
Financial Offi  cer at the Annual General 
Meeting in January 2012, replacing Chris 
Woodhouse who resigned from the board 
on that day. Adam Crozier stepped down 
from the board at the end of the fi nancial 
year, having served as a non-executive 
director for more than six years. We thank 
Chris and Adam for their commitment to 
the business. Following Adam’s resignation, 
Dennis Millard assumed chairmanship of 
the Remuneration Committee and Mark 
Rolfe succeeded Dennis as chairman of the 
Audit Committee. 

In October 2012 we announced the 
appointment of Peter Fitzgerald to the 
board as a non-executive director. Peter 
has extensive experience in helping retail 
businesses to succeed online with market 
leaders Amazon and Google. We look 
forward to his contribution.

To succeed as we have done in such a 
diffi  cult year has only been achieved through 
the dedication and hard work of the many 
thousands of people who work for 
Debenhams, in our stores, our head offi  ce 
locations, our international offi  ces and our 
logistics and print operations. We do not take 
their support and enthusiasm for our 
business for granted. The board thanks each 
of them for the tremendous eff ort they made 
in 2012 and looks forward to another 
successful year in 2013. 

Nigel Northridge
Chairman 

Dear shareholder

2012 was a year of celebration across 
the UK for many reasons, not least the 
Queen’s Diamond Jubilee and the hosting 
of enormously successful Olympic and 
Paralympic Games. For retailers, however, 
it was one of the most challenging years 
on record.

A warm autumn/winter season was followed 
by a wet spring/summer season which 
depressed consumer demand in an already 
fragile environment. Despite this, I am 
delighted to tell you that Debenhams not 
only weathered these diffi  cult conditions but 
came out in good shape. Our like-for-like sales 
performance during the year was by far the 
strongest for a number of years and we 
delivered our fourth successive year of 
profi t before tax growth*.

This was Debenhams’ fi rst year under 
Michael Sharp’s leadership. As a vastly 
experienced retailer with an unparalleled 
knowledge of and passion for Debenhams, 
the board was confi dent in Michael’s ability 
to develop and execute a successful strategy 
that would write the next chapter in 
Debenhams’ history. This has undoubtedly 
been the case. The strategy to create a leading 
multi-channel, international brand is centred 
around the four pillars, about which you can 
read more on pages 16 to 31. Our stakeholders 
– including our customers, employees, 
suppliers and of course shareholders – have 
responded well to this clear articulation of 
strategy and consistent delivery against it 
and we believe that our performance in 2012 
is clear evidence that the strategy is working.

We are aware that capital allocation is a 
subject at the forefront of many shareholders’ 
minds. The fi rst priority for the use of capital 
in Debenhams is to invest in the strategy that 
Michael laid out in October 2011. Having 
reinstated the dividend in April 2011, we 
announced in October 2011 that we would 
commence a long-term share buyback 
programme in the second half of the year. 
This decision was based on the board’s belief 
that there is little benefi t to the business of 
sustaining leverage below one times net debt 
to EBITDA and that a share buyback 
programme is the most fl exible method to 
return cash to shareholders. The buyback 
started in April 2012 and by the end of the 
fi nancial year we had completed the initial 
tranche of £20 million. The programme will 
continue in the 2013 fi nancial year. 

*52 weeks to 1 September 2012 vs 52 weeks to 27 August 2011

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  5 

2012 performance
Key performance indicators

Group fi  nancial KPIs

 All comparisons for 2011 are for 
the 52 weeks to 27 August 2011 
unless otherwise stated.

 6  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Gross transaction value
Gross transaction value (GTV) is a 
measure of overall sales in the business 
and includes sales from own bought 
brands and concession brands. The board 
believes that GTV is a good guide to the 
overall level of activity in the Group.

2012 performance
Debenhams reported an increase in 
GTV of 2.6% in 2012. This was driven 
by like-for-like sales growth in stores 
and online in the UK and international 
businesses as well as new store space.

Like-for-like sales
Like-for-like sales measures the annual 
sales performance of stores that have 
been open for one year or more. The board 
therefore views it as a useful indication of 
organic sales growth across the business.

2012 performance
Like-for-like sales increased by 1.6% in 
2012, the fi rst time it has grown in the past 
fi ve years. This was a good performance 
given the diffi  cult market conditions that 
prevailed throughout the year. Further 
details on the drivers of like-for-like sales 
growth can be found on pages 36.

KPI
Gross transaction value
2008 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

£2,336m

£2,340m

£2,564m

£2,640m

£2,708m

KPI
Like-for-like sales

-3.6% 

-0.9%  2008

2009

2010  flat

-0.3% 

2011

2012  +1.6%

Further information
• Finance review p35

Further information
• Finance review p35

Profi  t before tax
Profi t before tax is the board’s principal 
measure of profi tability. The use of 
headline profi t before tax has now been 
discontinued as explained in the fi nance 
review on page 35.

2012 performance
Profi t before tax grew by 4.2% in 2012 
versus the prior year. The main drivers 
of growth were higher sales and 
a smaller interest charge as a result 
of reduced net debt and lower funding 
costs following refi nancing of the 
bank facilities in July 2011.

Net debt
Net debt is the KPI used by the board to 
measure balance sheet strength. It is vital 
that the Company has the right capital 
structure to support its strategic objectives.

2012 performance
Net debt continued to fall in 2012, 
ending the year £15 million lower than 
last year despite higher capex, payment 
of both the 2011 fi nal dividend and 2012 
interim dividend and the £20 million 
initial tranche of the long-term share 
buyback programme.

KPI
Profit before tax*
2008 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

£105.9m

£120.8m

£145.3m

£151.9m

£158.3m

*All numbers are before exceptionals

Further information
• Finance review p35

KPI
Net debt
2008 

2009 

2010 

£994m

£590m

£517m

2011 

£384m

2012  £369m

Further information
• Finance review p37

 
 
 
 
 
Strategic KPIs

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Delivering a compelling 
customer proposition 
– own bought sales mix
A key part of Debenhams’ unique, 
diff erentiated and exclusive customer 
proposition is the high percentage of sales 
generated by own bought brands. 

2012 performance
Group own bought sales mix was 76.7% 
in 2012, down slightly from 77.1% last year 
largely due to a better performance from 
some concession brands, the addition 
of new concessions in modernised UK 
stores and concession expansion online.

Focusing on UK retail 
– number of UK stores
Opening new stores in the UK will 
continue to be a driver of sales growth 
as detailed on page 18. Debenhams 
generates a strong return on investment 
on new stores, averaging c.40% for 
the 35 stores opened since 2007.

2012 performance
Two new stores were opened during 
2012. The UK store portfolio comprised 
154 stores at year end. The contracted 
store pipeline at the end of the year 
stood at 18 stores scheduled to open 
over the next fi ve years. The fi rst of these, 
Chesterfi eld, opened in September 2012.

KPI
UK stores
2008 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

KPI
Own bought sales mix
2008 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

72.3%

76.5%

77.4%

77.1%

76.7%

138

143

149

152

154

Further information
• Strategy review p18

Further information
• Strategy review p22

Increasing availability and 
choice through multi-channel 
– online sales
Online sales are a good indicator of the 
performance of Debenhams’ multi-
channel business. You can read more 
about the developments in this fast 
growing area on page 26.

2012 performance
2012 was another year of strong growth 
in online sales. Group sales increased by 
39.8%, driven by increased choice of 
products, brands and ways to shop and 
a 54% increase in the number of visits 
to debenhams.com. The medium-term 
sales target for online is £600 million.

Expanding the brand 
internationally – number 
of international stores
Debenhams’ international activities 
comprise stores that we own in Denmark 
and the Republic of Ireland, the franchise 
stores and international online.

2012 performance
The number of international stores 
increased by four in 2012 due to franchise 
store openings. At the end of the year, the 
Debenhams brand traded from 85 stores 
in 27 countries: six in Denmark, 11 in the 
Republic of Ireland and 68 franchise 
stores in 25 countries. 

KPI
Online sales
2008 

£42.1m

2009 

£55.1m

2010 

£104.1m

2011 

2012 

£179.2m

£250.6m

KPI
International stores
2008 

52

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

63

77

81

85

 All comparisons for 2011 are for 
the 52 weeks to 27 August 2011 
unless otherwise stated.

Further information
• Strategy review p26

Further information
• Strategy review p30

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  7 

Market overview
Putting our performance in context

Market conditions in 2012 
Market conditions remained challenging 
throughout 2012. Macroeconomic factors 
were compounded by unseasonal weather 
throughout the year with a warm, dry 
autumn followed by a cold, wet spring 
and summer. The summer of 2012 saw an 
unprecedented number of special events 
including the Queen’s Diamond Jubilee 
and the Olympic and Paralympic Games. 

Consumer confi  dence
Consumer confi dence in the UK remained in 
negative territory throughout 2012 (fi gure 1), 
causing Nick Moon, Managing Director 
of GfK Social Research, to comment that 
“confi dence has never been so low for so long, 
even during the dark days of the 2008-2009 
recession.” The widely reported “feel good 
factor” from the various events that took 
place during the summer did not translate 
into discernible improvements in consumer 
confi dence data.

High street sales
High street sales showed a fair degree 
of volatility in 2012, as measured by the 
BRC-KPMG Retail Sales Monitor (fi gure 2). 
The year-on-year percentage change 
in like-for-like sales declined in the 
unseasonably warm autumn months of 
October and November 2011 but recovered 
in December as peak trading fi nally got 
underway. April saw a sharp drop, although 
this is only to be expected given the very 
strong performance associated with the 
Royal Wedding in that month last year. 
June showed some growth, possibly driven 

by the long Diamond Jubilee weekend but 
the Olympic and Paralympic Games in July 
and August do not appear to have driven 
like-for-like sales growth on UK high streets.

Input costs
After a volatile year in 2011, input costs were 
far more stable in 2012. As can be seen in 
fi gure 3, cotton prices fell signifi cantly from 
their 2010/11 highs leading to lower cotton 
fabric prices during the course of the year. 
Other fabric costs such as viscose, polyester 
and wool have also fallen. There is still 
pressure on input costs, however, from rising 
labour rates. The Chinese government’s fi ve 
year plan will increase minimum wages by 
13% per annum. Labour costs are also rising 
in other countries, particularly Bangladesh. 
Freight rates have remained broadly fl at with 
some shipping lines reducing tonnage due 
to falling demand. Sterling has appreciated 
against the main sourcing currencies 
including the Chinese yuan, US dollar 
and Indian rupee.

UK clothing market
The total market for clothing, footwear and 
accessories grew in 2012. In the 24 weeks 
to 2 September 2012, it increased by 0.3%. 
This was largely a result of increases in 
average prices which off set a decline in 
volume as shown in fi gure 4. Amongst 
the major product categories, the size of 
the womenswear market declined whilst 
menswear and childrenswear both grew. 

Market metrics

Figure 1
UK consumer confidence

0
-5
-10
-15
-20
-25
-30
-35

Figure 3
Monthly average cotton prices (US cents per pound)

150

100

50

0

Sep 11 Oct Nov Dec

Jan

Feb Mar Apr May

Jun

Jul Aug 12

Sep 11 Oct Nov Dec

Jan

Feb Mar Apr May

Jun

Jul Aug 12

(Source: GfK Consumer Confidence Index Score)

(Source: National Cotton Council of America "A" Index)

Figure 2
UK high street sales (% change year-on-year)

Figure 4
UK clothing market overview

5.0

2.5

0

-2.5

-5.0

Total clothing/footwear/accessory units sold 

Total clothing/footwear/accessories average price 

Total market for clothing/footwear/accessories 

%

-3.0

3.3

0.3

Sep 11 Oct Nov Dec

Jan

Feb Mar Apr May

Jun

Jul Aug 12

(Source: Kantar Worldpanel fashion market share 24 weeks to 2 September 2012 vs 2011)

LFL Sales % change vs LY

Total sales % change vs LY

(Source: BRC-KPMG Retail Sales Monitor)

 8  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
An independent view of the UK retail market in 2013
from Verdict

“ We at Verdict expect 2013 to be yet another tough year for 
UK retail. Despite talk of green shoots, the economy still 
faces a long, slow haul to recovery. Further public sector job 
cuts will keep unemployment levels high and there will 
be a time lag before the private sector can absorb this 
capacity. Continuing infl ation in household expenditure, 
low wage rises and consumers building up their savings 
and paying off  debts will restrict consumer spending for 
yet another year.

 Furthermore, retail in the UK is a mature sector and was 
already facing saturation. The recession has simply 
expedited the demise of weaker retailers, especially those 
with propositions based on low margins and high volumes 
and underpinned by large amounts of debt. 

 Austerity has settled in; consumers are buying less and 
considering purchases more. Price has increased in 
importance in their buying decisions – but so has quality. 
They are more demanding and social media has given 
consumers the power to infl uence demand and businesses’ 
reputations instantaneously.

 The outcome is that retailers have to reassess the basics of 
retailing. First, getting the product and price equation right is 
essential. Having a unique product reduces price comparisons 
and drives footfall to your stores and website. This demands 
frequent and innovative design and product development.

 Secondly, managing costs in both retail operations and the 
supply chain is crucial. As global demand rises, there are 
fewer low-cost countries to source from and the rising cost of 
transport and long delivery times negate any manufacturing 
price advantages. Buyers and merchandisers need to work 
closely with manufacturers and suppliers and have a real 
understanding of the true costs of the whole supply chain. 
They must have the fl exibility to exploit sales opportunities 
and control margin risks. This demands a high level of 
professionalism and the appropriate skills.

 Thirdly is distribution. No longer can retailers depend on 
opening new space to drive sales, as the associated costs of 
maintaining physical stores can negate profi tability. Retailers 
must develop an optimum model for both physical and 
online stores, with the two working seamlessly together to 
give consumers what they want, when and how they want it.

 And fi nally is marketing. Communicating the value of 
the brand, its relevance and benefi ts are vital in keeping 
a retailer top of mind when consumers fi nally decide to 
spend. Customer loyalty will be vital in the new landscape 
of austerity.”

About Verdict Research

With over 25 years’ experience, Verdict Research is the leading 
authority on UK and European retail markets, publishing 
unrivalled independent analysis.

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Our conclusions
Debenhams performed well in 2012 in a 
market that was challenging on many levels. 
Like-for-like sales growth of 1.6% for the year 
clearly outperformed both the UK high street 
and clothing sector. We achieved this 
through meeting our customers’ needs, 
especially when footfall was at its highest 
around key events as well as month ends. 
We began to see the benefi t of lower 
commodity prices in the fi nal months of 
the year although infl ation in other areas 
of the supply chain, especially labour costs, 
will require careful management. 

We agree with the sentiments expressed 
in Verdict’s outlook for the UK retail market 
in 2013 and there are clear correlations 
between these trends and the four pillars 
of Debenhams’ strategy. Our unique, 
diff erentiated and exclusive customer 
proposition helps us to get the price/
product equation right. Our buying and 
merchandising and supply chain teams 
who have many years of experience of 
direct sourcing and have developed 
long-standing relationships with many of 
our suppliers will help us to manage input 
costs. The development of a true customer-
focused multi-channel model which focuses 
on improving choice, availability, convenience 
and service for customers will help to 
optimise all sales channels, whether store 
based or otherwise. Finally we are investing 
more in communicating our proposition 
and have a proven record of driving sales 
and improving the perceptions of the 
Debenhams’ brand through this investment.

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  9 

Strategy 
review

Over the next few pages we outline our 
growth strategy and what we have been 
doing to deliver against this strategy.

Chief Executive’s review  p12
The four pillars of our strategy
Focusing on UK retail  p16
Delivering a compelling customer 
proposition  p20
Increasing availability and choice 
through multi-channel  p24
Expanding the brand 
internationally  p28

For more information go to 
ar12.debenhamsplc.com

 10  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  11 

Chief Executive’s review
Delivering a clear and consistent strategy

Michael Sharp, Chief Executive

My fi  rst year as Chief Executive of 
Debenhams has been both hugely 
rewarding and hugely challenging. 

 12  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

My fi rst year as Chief Executive of Debenhams 
has been both hugely rewarding and hugely 
challenging. We made signifi cant progress 
in many areas of the business whilst at the 
same time facing what could be seen as a 
“perfect storm.” Consumer confi dence was 
already fragile before the warm autumn/
winter and wet spring/summer seasons 
dented demand further. The summer saw 
an unprecedented number of special events 
including the Queen’s Diamond Jubilee 
and the London Olympics and Paralympics 
which threatened to change consumer 
behaviour. At Debenhams, we focused 
on controlling factors that were within 
our power, taking a fl exible and pragmatic 
attitude towards trading in light of the market 
conditions. I believe this was a successful 
approach as the results for the fi nancial 
year demonstrate.

A clear and consistent strategy
Throughout 2012 we focused on the 
relentless implementation of the four pillars 
of the strategy that I set out in October 2011 
to build a leading international, multi-
channel brand. As I said in last year’s Annual 
Report, almost every major retailer has 
the same ambition so why do I believe 
Debenhams can succeed? We already have a 
strong brand equity. We have a broad base of 
customers in terms of age and demographics. 
We have a unique and diff erentiated product 
off er which gives our customers a market-
leading choice of brands and products. 
We give our customers lots of diff erent ways 
to shop through many diff erent channels. 
We already have a wide international reach. 
By the end of 2012 the Debenhams brand 
traded from 239 stores in 28 countries 
and was available online in 67 countries. 
You can read about the progress we made 
in 2012 and future drivers for growth in 
each of the four pillars on pages 16 to 31.

The right team to deliver
One of my priorities during my fi rst year was 
to ensure we have the right team with the 
capability and capacity to deliver the strategy. 
I fi rmly believe we have the best group of 
retailers in the UK today.

I made a number of changes to the senior 
management team during 2012 and at the 
same time redefi ned some of the key roles 
to improve clarity, align them more fully 
with our strategy and allow for faster 
implementation of best practice across 
the business. 

We welcomed Simon Herrick to Debenhams 
in November 2011 and he subsequently 
took up the role of Chief Financial Offi  cer 
in January 2012. As well as his fi nance 
role, Simon heads our systems and 
logistics activities. 

Mike Goring joined us as Retail Director in 
January 2012. Mike’s role brings together for 
the fi rst time the operation of all Debenhams 
stores, whether owned or franchised, UK or 
international, and store development. As 

such, Mike’s responsibilities are aligned to 
the fi rst and fourth pillars of the strategy, 
“Focusing on UK retail” and “Expanding 
the brand internationally.”

Group Trading Director Suzanne Harlow, 
who has been with Debenhams since 1994, 
leads our buying and merchandising 
activities which are crucial to any business 
with an extensive own brand programme. 
Suzanne is responsible for the development 
of the brand and product strategy that 
underpins the second pillar “Delivering a 
compelling customer proposition.” During 
the past year Suzanne has also assumed 
responsibility for the sourcing and supply 
chain functions.

Richard Cristofoli joined Debenhams as 
Marketing Director in 2011, the fi rst senior 
marketing appointment to the executive 
committee. Richard has been instrumental in 
the changes we have made to communicating 
the proposition, another key tenet of the 
second pillar of our strategy.

Nikki Zamblera has been HR Director since 
2004. In a business that employs 30,000 
people, attracting, retaining and rewarding 
our people is of paramount importance. We 
have recently launched the fi rst employee 
climate survey. 

It is not just the senior team which has been 
strengthened. We are investing in people 
across the business, including the teams 
in buying and merchandising, marketing, 
customer analytics, systems and logistics.

Highlights of the year
Overall I was very pleased with our 
performance which I believe is evidence that 
the strategy is starting to work. In particular 
I was delighted with our like-for-like sales 
performance. At 1.6%, this was by far the 
strongest like-for-like sales since Debenhams 
became a public company in 2006. Top line 
growth has been the missing part of our story 
in recent years. We delivered this by focusing 
on what customers wanted when they 
wanted it. We played into key calendar events 
– not just Christmas but also Valentine’s Day, 
Easter, Mother’s Day and the Diamond 
Jubilee – when footfall was at its highest. 

The store modernisation programme 
also contributed sales growth. Eighteen 
modernisations were completed between 
January and September 2012. This is more 
stores than we have ever undertaken before 
in a single year and it is testament to our 
planning and execution that we kept 
disruption to a minimum. 

We saw continued strong progress in our 
multi-channel business which grew faster 
than the market in 2012. Online sales 
increased by 39.8%* during the year to 
£250.6 million and on a three year basis 
have grown by 355%. 

* 52 weeks to 1 September 2012 vs 52 weeks 
to 27 August 2011

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Throughout 2012 we focused on the relentless 
implementation of the four pillars of the 
strategy that I set out in October 2011 to build 
a leading international, multi-channel brand.

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  13 

Chief Executive’s review continued

I was also pleased with our international 
businesses. The franchise stores performed 
well with seven new store openings in 2012 
and a contracted new store pipeline of 
21 stores. Our Danish department store 
chain Magasin du Nord had a successful 
year, delivering like-for-like sales growth 
despite a slowing of the local economy. The 
environment is still diffi  cult in the Republic 
of Ireland but we believe we are gaining 
market share. International online has also 
been expanded signifi cantly. The number 
of countries we deliver to from debenhams.
com outside the UK has expanded from 
seven to 66 and we have launched a local 
language website in Germany. 

For a number of years we have been seeking 
to expand our non-clothing business and 
we saw further progress in this area in 2012. 
Non-clothing accounted for 49% of gross 
transaction value in 2012. Health & beauty is 
a key part of our non-clothing off er and our 
premium health & beauty sales increased by 
11%, ahead of the market which grew at 8% 
(source: NPD, 52 weeks to end August 2012). 
We have also seen traction in areas where we 
have been specifi cally targeting market share 
growth such as women’s footwear where 
market share has increased by 40 basis 

points to 2.5% over the year (source: Kantar 
52 weeks to 2 September 2012 vs 2011). 
Home sales have also held up well in a 
diffi  cult market, driven by online which 
now accounts for over 20% of all home sales.

We have begun to see some real results 
from the “Life Made Fabulous” marketing 
campaign that ran throughout 2012. Not 
only have sales of featured lines been very 
strong, but our independently conducted 
brand research suggests that attitudes 
towards Debenhams are changing in 
a very positive way.

In April, we commenced a long-term share 
buyback programme and subsequently 
purchased £20 million of shares. We expect 
to buy back up to £40 million of shares over 
the next 12 months. 

Next steps: future growth drivers
Whilst I am pleased with the great progress 
made over the past year, I am more excited 
about what is to come next. You can read 
more about future growth drivers in all four 
pillars but I would highlight a few areas 
where I am impatient for success. 

I would include amongst these the work we 
are doing on what we call “single view of the 
customer” which will give us a clearer 

We have begun to see some real results from 
the “Life Made Fabulous” marketing campaign 
that ran throughout 2012. Not only have sales 
of featured lines been very strong but our 
independently conducted brand research 
suggests that attitudes towards Debenhams 
are changing in a positive way.

Focusing on UK retail

Increasing availability and choice through multi-channel

Improving uninvested 
core stores

Accelerating store 
modernisations

Opening new stores

More choice 
and better availability

More ways to shop

Improving the 
customer experience

Delivering a compelling customer proposition

Expanding the brand internationally

Brand and product 
strategy

Instore execution

Communicating 
the proposition

International 
franchise stores

Owned international 
assets

International online

 14  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Outlook for 2013
We believe that customers are to a large 
extent acclimatised to the new economic 
reality. We do not anticipate a signifi cant 
change in the economic environment over 
the course of 2013 but we expect to make 
further progress during the year as our 
strategy delivers further benefi ts. We will 
always manage cash, costs, stocks and 
margins closely but we are committed 
to continue investing in key areas of the 
business to deliver long-term sustainable 
growth as well as further returns of capital 
to drive shareholder value.

Michael Sharp
Chief Executive

perspective on shopping patterns and 
customer behaviour. One of the benefi ts 
of this will be more tailored marketing 
to individual customers because we will 
have a better understanding of how they 
shop and will be able to personalise our 
communications to them. In fact we 
are strengthening our overall customer 
strategy and insight capability. 

With the success of the stores we have 
modernised over the past two years, 
I would like to have all the outstanding store 
modernisations – including Oxford Street – 
completed more quickly. But we are working 
at full capacity and so our target remains 
Christmas 2014 to complete the core store 
modernisations, after which we will have 
a rolling programme of 10-12 stores a year. 

We also need to improve our delivery 
promise for customers who shop online. 
The groundwork has been done with the 
completion of the Sherburn distribution 
centre and the conversion of Peterborough 
to a fulfi lment centre but we will start to gain 
real momentum next year as third party 
fulfi lment contracts end and we bring the 
majority of online fulfi lment in-house, 
thereby allowing us to reduce delivery times 
and off er a better range of delivery options.

Executive committee

From left to right: Nikki Zamblera HR Director, 
Simon Herrick Chief Financial Offi  cer, Richard 
Cristofoli Marketing Director, Michael Sharp 
Chief Executive, Mike Goring Retail Director, 
Suzanne Harlow Group Trading Director.

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  15 

Strategy review

 Having opened our doors in 1778, 
we are proud of our British 
heritage and our role as one of the 
UK’s leading department store 
groups. There are lots of growth 
opportunities in the UK. 

Focusing on 
UK retail

 16  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

 Improving uninvested 
core stores
We are driving sales ahead 
of modernisation by focusing 
on basic retail standards and 
improving choice.

  Accelerating store 
modernisations
18 stores were modernised in 
2012. All remaining uninvested 
core stores will be modernised 
by Christmas 2014.

  Opening new stores
New stores in the UK could 
provide an additional £1 billion 
of sales. The pipeline stands at 
18 stores over the next fi ve years.

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  17 

  
Strategy review continued
Focusing on UK retail 

Improving uninvested core stores
At the end of 2012, there were 30 uninvested 
core stores in the UK portfolio of 154 stores. 
All of these stores, none of which is loss-
making, will be modernised over the next 
two years but we are taking action ahead 
of this to improve their performance and 
to put these stores in the best possible 
position to benefi t from modernisation. 
This action is a question of focus rather than 
incurring additional costs or capital spend.

Amongst the initiatives we take are 
reviewing management teams, undertaking 
space optimisation work to ensure each 
product category trades from an appropriate 
amount of space, replacing choice that may 
have been lost through concession closures 
over the past few years and improving 
presentation standards. In some cases we 
hold a pre-modernisation sale to drive sales 
and counteract the impact of disruption from 
modernisation work.

In 2012 we started to see an improvement 
in the performance of the uninvested core 
stores as we undertook these actions. 
We will continue to pursue this programme 
until all these stores have been modernised.

Accelerating store modernisations
We modernise stores for a number of reasons: 
to meet customers’ demands for a modern 
and contemporary place to shop; to improve 
perceptions of the Debenhams brand; to 
improve choice to suit the needs of local 
markets; and to build a stronger relationship 
with our international brands and 
concessions. Our thorough planning process, 
expertise in implementation and strong 
capital discipline result in a modernisation 
programme that is delivering increases in 
sales and market share and a good return 
on investment.

It is not just as case of improving a store’s 
infrastructure: in order to achieve acceptable 
returns, store modernisations need to give 
customers something diff erent. We add 
new product off er through additional brands 
and categories. We remix space based on 
performance, ideal adjacencies and ease 
of shopping as well as the Group’s overall 
strategy. We invest in the health & beauty 
department. We reclaim space from 
back-of-house where possible and we 
upgrade restaurants, WCs and other services.

In 2012 we modernised 18 stores in two 
tranches, one starting in January and the 
second in May, and spent some £32 million 
in total, averaging £20-25 per sq ft. This was 
the most stores we have ever undertaken in 
a single year. 

The 32 stores which have been modernised 
over the past two years are performing well. 
On average these stores have recorded a sales 
increase in the fi rst year after completion of 
c.6%. It is particularly pleasing to note that for 
those stores which have completed two years 
since modernisation, we have seen a sales 
uplift in the second year of an average c.1.5%. 
Previous modernisation programmes have 
generally achieved a one year increase, after 
which stores perform in line with the rest 
of the estate. We believe the second year 
uplift is due to the extensive nature of the 
modernisation work we are undertaking as 
well as being a function of the investment 
in health & beauty which can take more 
than 12 months to translate into higher sales. 
Return on investment is averaging 15%. 

The remaining 30 uninvested core stores 
will be completed in time for Christmas 2014 
with 15 taking place in each of 2013 and 2014. 
Amongst these is Oxford Street which will be 
transformed inside and out by October 2013. 
It will become a true company fl agship, 
showcasing the best of everything that 
Debenhams has to off er and a beacon for 
international expansion. 

Opening new stores
Debenhams is one of very few UK retailers 
with a space expansion strategy. We believe 
we could operate up to 225 stores in the UK, 
an increase of 70 stores over the current estate. 
These stores could add £1 billion of sales 
and off er economies of scale which should 
provide margin enhancement over time.

Stores will continue to be the largest channel 
for the majority of customers despite the 
expected growth in online shopping. As 
such they form a key component of the 
multi-channel shopping environment 
and we know that customers who live 
near a store spend more online. 

We have a strong track record of creating 
value from new store openings. The 35 stores 
opened since 2007 have delivered an average 
return on investment of c.40%. We employ 
robust acquisition criteria to ensure every 
new store has the right location, the right 
developer, the right type and size of store 
and the right deal so that it can achieve these 
superior levels of return. 

Of the 70 potential opportunities in the UK, 
at the end of 2012, 18 were contracted and 
are expected to open in the next fi ve years. 
These stores total 845,000 sq ft of trading 
space and have predicted sales in excess of 
£150 million at maturity. One has already 
opened (Chesterfi eld in September 2012) 
with Lichfi eld due to open in March 2013.

Discussions are ongoing on another 
25 opportunities.

UK stores at the end of 2012

154
10.9m

Total UK trading space (sq ft)

Store modernisations in 2012

18
30

Modernisations over next two years

New store pipeline

18
£150m

Potential additional sales from pipeline

We operated 154 stores in the UK at the end 
of 2012, trading from a total of 10.9 million sq ft. 
Our stores vary in size from 13,000 to 200,000 
sq ft and are located in high streets, town 
shopping centres, regional shopping centres 
and retail parks.

 18  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

We are transforming our UK portfolio 
by modernising all uninvested core 
stores. 32 have already been completed. 
The remaining 30 will be completed by 
Christmas 2014, including Oxford Street.

We have a track record of delivering strong 
fi nancial returns from new stores. The average 
return on investment of the 35 stores opened 
during the last fi ve years is c.40%. New stores 
could add £1 billion of sales in the UK.

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

1

2

3

1. Modernising Oxford Street
Our vision is to create a branded 
environment that redefi nes Debenhams 
in the Oxford Street store and beyond.

2. Improving uninvested core stores
We saw an improvement in the 
performance of uninvested core stores in 
2012 by focusing on basic retail standards.

3. Opening new stores
Designer at Debenhams Ashley Thomas 
opens our new store in Chesterfi eld in 
September 2012. Another 17 stores will 
open over the next fi ve years.

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  19 

Strategy review continued

Delivering a 
compelling customer 
proposition

Our customer proposition is based 
on a unique, diff  erentiated and 
exclusive collection of brands, 
products and categories within 
a wide price architecture.

 20  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

  Brand and product strategy
We off er our customers a 
unique, diff erentiated and 
exclusive collection of brands, 
products and categories.

    Instore execution
Raising standards of visual 
merchandising and product 
presentation reinforces 
Debenhams as a modern and 
contemporary place to shop.

    Communicating the 
proposition
Our marketing and PR activities 
are fully joined up and we are 
speaking with one voice across 
all media under the banner 
of “Life Made Fabulous.”

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  21 

  
Strategy review continued
Delivering a compelling customer proposition

Brand and product strategy
Our brand and product strategy gives 
customers a unique, exclusive and 
diff erentiated choice. It is unique through the 
combination of own brands, international 
brands and concession brands. It is exclusive 
through our core own brands and Designers 
at Debenhams which together account for 
half of everything we sell. It is diff erentiated 
through Designers at Debenhams, which 
two-thirds of our customers tell us is an 
important reason they shop with us.

An area of focus in 2012 has been the further 
development of our non-clothing business, 
particularly in areas such as health & beauty, 
footwear and accessories where there is clear 
market share momentum. Non-clothing 
sales accounted for 49% of total sales during 
the year, providing the balance and resilience 
which is an inherent strength of the 
department store model. We are targeting 
further growth in non-clothing sales and 
market share going forward.

Newness and product innovation are 
key to delivering a compelling customer 
proposition. We added several new brands 
to the portfolio in 2012 . These include: 
No.1 by Jenny Packham, a glamorous new 
occasionwear range by one of the UK’s best 
designers; classic American menswear brand 
Nautica which is now available in the UK 
exclusively at Debenhams; footwear brand 
Call It Spring; and the extension of the 
Edition Designer concept into home through 
Ashley Thomas, Yukari Sweeney and Carole 
Lake. New launches for 2013 include Marios 
Schwab in womenswear and Donna & Mark 
in childrenswear. 

Looking forward, we will drive growth 
by investing in our diff erentiated own 
bought strategy. In particular, trials in 
Red Herring, Principles by Ben de Lisi 
and the footwear division will be aiming 

to replicate concession sales densities at 
own bought gross margins. This requires 
end-to-end investment, from buying 
and merchandising to supply chain to 
marketing to instore resourcing.

Instore execution
Good visual merchandising and product 
presentation are key to creating an exciting 
shopping experience. Historically, our 
standards have been inconsistent across 
the store estate and they need to improve. 
Creating great looking stores must be a 
core competence for the retail community.

We will achieve this by defi ning standards 
of merchandising and presentation for 
each season in regional “model” stores 
and cascading them through the estate, 
thereby ensuring that every store team 
understands and is equipped to deliver 
these standards. Excellence will be rewarded 
on a regional basis.

Standards are complemented by increasingly 
strong instore graphics and displays which 
refl ect the overall marketing and advertising 
themes, giving customers a clear 
communication trail to follow from advert to 
store window to instore collateral to ticketing.

Communicating the proposition
For too long Debenhams was a hidden 
secret to all but our regular customers. Our 
marketing and brand communication has 
improved signifi cantly over the past year 
with a joined up approach under the theme 
of “Life Made Fabulous”.

We increased our marketing spend in 2012 
which has both driven sales and begun to 
change perceptions about the Debenhams 
brand. We have increased TV advertising at 
the times and on the channels our customers 
are most likely to see them and we have fully 
embraced digital and social media marketing. 
Further, we are using the same images and 

production values for both premium brand 
marketing and promotional marketing, 
which in the past had been dissimilar 
and confusing. 

We saw tangible evidence of market share 
growth in some of the categories where 
we introduced focused marketing activities. 
Women’s footwear market share, for example, 
grew by 40 basis points following the launch 
of a shoe brochure and prominence in a 
number of premium adverts.

We have seen signifi cant shifts in customer 
perception in our independently conducted 
brand tracker, with greater recognition 
for exclusive brands, fashionability 
and engagement.

Looking forward, we will continue to invest 
in marketing, thereby demonstrating our 
continuing confi dence in communicating 
the proposition. For the fi rst time in six years 
we will have a TV advertising campaign at 
Christmas 2012, aiming to increase our share 
of voice when the market is at its largest.

Through our work to gain a single view of 
the customer we will also be able to drive 
sales through more tailored and personalised 
communication with customers. There are 
also new developments in our successful 
Beauty Club loyalty scheme – which already 
has 1.3 million cards in regular use – and the 
introduction of a new store card and credit 
card with a loyalty element. 

Designers at Debenhams brands

2012 sales mix of non-clothing categories 

26
£552m

49%
40bps

Designers at Debenhams 2012 sales inc VAT

Increase in women’s footwear share

Beauty Club cards in regular use

1.3m
485,000

Facebook fans

Designers at Debenhams is an exclusive 
portfolio of diff  usion brands designed by 
some of the UK’s leading fashion designers. 
Our medium-term target for Designer sales 
is £750 million.

Non-clothing categories accounted for almost 
half of everything we sold in 2012. We saw 
good growth in market share in non-clothing 
including women’s footwear (source: Kantar 
Worldpanel Fashion market share 52 weeks 
to 2 September 2012 vs. 2011).

We communicate with our customers in many 
diff erent ways including the Beauty Club, 
which off ers treats as well as loyalty points 
in our premium health & beauty department. 
We are increasingly using all forms of social 
media as a marketing channel.

 22  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

1

2

3

1. No. 1 by Jenny Packham
We were delighted to welcome Jenny 
Packham to Designers at Debenhams 
in 2012 with a glamorous new range of 
occasionwear clothing and accessories.

2. Improving instore execution
We are raising our standards of visual 
merchandising and product presentation 
in our UK stores.

3. Life Made Fabulous
We are investing in marketing through 
the “Life Made Fabulous” campaign which 
focuses on Designers at Debenhams to 
drive sales and improve brand perceptions.

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  23 

Strategy review continued

Increasing availability 
and choice through 
multi-channel  

We defi  ne multi-channel retailing 
very simply. It is about widening 
choice and off  ering customers 
more ways to shop.

 24  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 More choice and 
better availability
We are increasing the choice of 
brands, products and categories 
that we sell online as well as 
improving availability and 
working towards off ering a 
better range of delivery options.

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

   More ways to shop
We know that the more ways 
we off er customers to shop, 
the more they do shop. Multi-
channel customers spend 
up to three times more than 
single channel customers.

   Improving the 
customer experience
Growth will come through 
making shopping easier for our 
customers by better customer 
service and encouraging more 
customers to shop multi-channel.

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  25 

  
Strategy review continued
Increasing availability and choice through multi-channel

Our multi-channel business continues 
to grow strongly. Online sales increased 
by 39.8% in 2012 to £250.6 million*. This 
ongoing momentum has led us to increase 
our medium-term online sales target from 
£500 million to £600 million.

More choice and better availability
Multi-channel is all about choice. Customers 
expect the walls of a multi-channel store 
to be entirely elastic. As a multi-brand, 
multi-category department store 
Debenhams is well-placed to meet this 
demand. Our online product off er now 
encompasses some 110,000 product lines: 
one third larger than our biggest store and 
fi ve times bigger than the smallest stores. 

Online is becoming a key destination for 
some key product categories. In 2012, eight 
out of ten furniture orders were placed 
online. One in three dresses was sold online 
– even higher for occasionwear – and one in 
fi ve pairs of shoes. Online health & beauty 
sales, although still small, increased by 76%. 

During the fi rst half of 2012 we introduced 
a store-based fulfi lment service we call 
Endless Aisle which improves availability by 
meeting demand for products which are out 
of stock in the fulfi lment centre. By utilising 
the stock held on the trading fl oors and stock 
rooms of 36 of our largest stores we are able 
to meet some 95% of this potentially lost 
demand. In 2012 we estimate this accounted 
for sales of £16 million. Endless Aisle 
reinforces our stores as a vital element 
of our multi-channel off er.

A focus in 2013 will be to improve the choice 
of delivery options for multi-channel orders. 
At present we have a standard delivery 
promise of four days as well as off ering 
collect from store. Investment in our delivery 
infrastructure will allow us to shorten the 
delivery promise and off er a range of delivery 
options, including next day delivery. These 
changes will also improve collation, thereby 
improving customer service and improving 
the margins of our online business over time 
by reducing delivery and logistics costs.

More ways to shop
It is clear that the more ways we give 
customers to shop, the more they do shop.

The fastest growing sales channel is mobile. 
In 2012, 27% of all visits came from mobile 
devices, higher than the industry average 
of c.15%. In May 2012 we were among the 
fi rst major high street retailers to off er free 
wi-fi  in all our stores. This is undoubtedly 
driving some of the growth in mobile 
channel visit numbers. Continuing 
to develop our mobile strategy will be 
a key focus in 2013 through, for example, 
introducing device-specifi c content which 
recognises that customers use diff erent 
mobile devices to do diff erent things.

The instore kiosks we installed across the 
estate in time for Christmas 2011 have been 
very successful and customers are using 
them to purchase both out of stock and 
unranged items. In 2013 new collateral will 
be rolled out across the estate to improve 
their profi le in store.

Whilst technology is an important part 
of giving customers more ways to shop, 
more traditional channels such as the home 
catalogue which was launched in September 
2011 have also proved successful.

Improving the customer experience
In 2012 we made some important changes 
in order to improve customer service. Track 
and trace is now available on all orders so 
customers can follow their deliveries online. 
We introduced webchat technology so 
that customer service advisors can assist 
customers through the website. We also 
made the diffi  cult decision to close our 
customer contact centre in Taunton and 
outsource it to a dedicated call centre facility 
run by Capita in Leeds. This took eff ect 
in August 2012 and is providing us with 
industry leading capability and technology 
which aims to improve fi rst call resolution, 
thereby improving customer satisfaction 
and reducing costs.

Our refund policy has been updated to allow 
customers to return a product purchased 
through one channel to any other channel 
that is most convenient for them. Online 
shoppers are now able to return goods 
to any store, even if it does not stock that 
particular item.

Looking forward, growth will come from 
improving the visibility of other shopping 
channels across all channels to convert 
single-channel customers to multi-channel. 
So we will be raising awareness of services 
such as click and collect and return to store. 
We are using vouchers to encourage store 
customers to try online shopping, reinforcing 
the availability of instore kiosks and 
promoting mobile sales channels and 
free instore wi-fi . 

We will be improving online visual 
merchandising and product presentation by 
introducing better photography and product 
descriptions, particularly in womenswear. 
All clothing is now displayed on models, 
including childrenswear. We have invested 
in an online creative team which is driving 
improvements in styling. These initiatives 
should also help to reduce the level of 
returned goods.

Customers see online and instore as one 
Debenhams brand and we as a business 
need to see the customer in the same way. 
To this end stores are now being credited 
with online sales within their locality so 
that each channel is focused on meeting 
customers’ needs across their own and 
all other channels.

* 52 weeks to 1 September 2012 vs 52 weeks to 
27 August 2011

2012 online sales

£250.6m
£600m

Medium-term online sales target

177m
11th

200%
537%

Visits to debenhams.com in 2012

Increase in mobile visits in 2012

largest UK online retailer

Increase in iPad visits in 2012

Over the past three years online sales have 
grown by more than 350%. This performance 
has given us the confi dence to increase our 
medium-term sales target for online sales 
from £500 million to £600 million.

Visits to debenhams.com increased by 54% 
in 2012 to 177 million. We are now the 11th 
biggest UK online retailer by traffi  c volume, 
up from 13th last year (source: IMRG/ Experian 
Hitwise Hot Shops List May 2012).

Mobile is by far the fastest growing sales 
channel through smartphone and tablet 
apps and the mobile website. Mobile visits 
increased by over 200% and now account 
for 27% of all visits.

 26  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

1

2

3

1. Raising the visibility of multi-channel 
New collateral is being introduced 
in stores to reinforce the availability 
of other shopping channels.

2. Developing our mobile strategy
We are introducing device specifi c 
content, particularly for iPads and 
other tablet devices.

3. Home catalogue
Autumn 2012 saw the launch of 
the third edition of our catalogue 
for the home department.

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  27 

Strategy review continued

Expanding 
the brand 
internationally

 Debenhams is already so much 
more than a UK department 
store brand. It is available in 
92 countries through stores 
or online.

 28  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

  International franchise stores
Franchise stores are a proven 
low-cost, low-capital way to 
expand the brand in distant 
and emerging markets. We have 
ambitious plans to extend the 
franchise programme.

    Owned international assets
We own 11 Debenhams stores in 
the Republic of Ireland and six in 
Denmark which trade as Magasin 
du Nord.

   International online
We are beginning to see 
momentum in international 
online which we expect to account 
for £100 million of sales over time.

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  29 

  
Strategy review continued
Expanding the brand internationally

Owned assets
Our owned store portfolio outside the UK 
consists of 11 stores in the Republic of Ireland, 
which are branded as Debenhams, and six 
stores in Denmark which have continued 
to operate as Magasin du Nord since their 
acquisition in November 2009.

Magasin had a good year with like-for-like 
sales increasing by 4.6% in local currency. 
During 2012 the Danish business was 
integrated into the Debenhams retail 
operational management through the 
international division. This will allow 
for a faster and more eff ective exchange 
of ideas and roll out of best practice. 

Since acquisition Magasin du Nord has 
increased sales and margins through the 
introduction of both Debenhams own 
brands and Magasin branded volume lines. 
There is more benefi t to come from this in 
future years. Although the propensity for 
online shopping is low and multi-channel 
virtually unknown amongst Danish 
consumers at this time, this will change 
and we are well placed to take advantage 
of changing trends.

The business in the Republic of Ireland has 
been aff ected by the extremely diffi  cult 
economic environment. However it does 
appear to be stabilising and we believe 
we are gaining market share.

International online
Online retailing is a key part of our plans for 
international expansion. Over the medium-
term we anticipate it will generate sales of 
some £100 million.

Our strategy is two-fold. For major markets 
we will develop a series of country specifi c 
websites, which are presented in the local 
language and transact in local currency. In 
other markets we will use overseas delivery 
from the UK. We made progress in both these 
areas during 2012.

The development of country specifi c 
websites is facilitated by the investment 
made over the past year in the latest 
Websphere 7 internet technology. An Irish 
website has been operating since Autumn 
2010. The fi rst local language site was 
launched in Germany in summer 2012. 
We will monitor the performance of 
debenhams.de and learn lessons from 
it before introducing further websites 
in major markets.

During the course of the year the number 
of countries we deliver to through 
debenhams.com outside the UK increased 
from seven to 66. Expansion to another 
30 countries is planned.

Debenhams is already so much more than 
a UK department store. We are extremely 
proud of our British roots, but over time 
we believe that sales generated from outside 
the UK should exceed those from within 
our home market. 

Franchise stores
During 2012 we celebrated the 15th 
anniversary of the opening of our fi rst 
franchise store in Bahrain. We continue to 
believe that in most distant and emerging 
markets this proven low capital, low cost 
franchise model is the way to extend the reach 
of the Debenhams brand outside the UK. 

The key to a successful franchise store 
programme is having the right partners. 
Our partners are retailers with considerable 
experience of operating in their local markets 
as well as the resources to make the 
signifi cant investment in capital and costs 
required to build and run a department store.

We entered two new markets in 2012, Russia 
and Pakistan. We also opened new stores 
in India, the Philippines and Iran. By the 
end of the year our franchise partners were 
operating from 68 stores across 25 countries, 
a net increase of four stores during the year. 

In 2013, seven new stores are scheduled to 
open in both existing markets – Indonesia, 
Malta, Saudi Arabia and the UAE – and new 
markets Bulgaria, Georgia and Libya. Beyond 
this, the contracted store pipeline comprises 
14 stores which are expected to open over 
the subsequent three years. We are in 
discussions on another 50 or so stores.

As a result of the strength of the new store 
pipeline, we have increased our fi ve year 
franchise store target from 130 to 150.

2012 international sales growth*

Franchise stores at end of 2012

Countries we deliver to outside UK

2.7%
18.5%

68
150

66
£100m

2012 international operating profi  t growth

Five year target for franchise stores

International online sales target

The international segment performed 
well in 2012 with sales growing by 2.7% to 
£503.4 million and operating profi t growing by 
18.5% to £30.7 million. The main drivers of this 
were the franchise stores and Magasin du Nord.

*52 weeks to 1 September 2012 vs 52 weeks to 27 August 2011

 30  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

The contracted new store pipeline stands at 
21 stores with a further 50 in discussion. We 
will be opening in a number of new markets 
including Bulgaria, Estonia, Georgia and Libya.

Although small at present, we have ambitious 
plans for international online. Our approach is 
for local websites in major markets and online 
delivery in other markets.

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

1

2

3

1. Welcome to Russia
Designers at Debenhams Ben de Lisi, 
Aliza Reger, John Rocha and Julien 
Macdonald at the launch of the fi rst 
franchise store in Russia.

2. Magasin du Nord
Our Danish department store chain had 
a good year in 2012 with like-for-like sales 
growth of 4.6% in local currency.

3. Guten Tag Deutschland
The fi rst local language, local currency 
website launched in Germany during 2012.

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  31 

Finance and 
risk review

Over the next few pages we 
demonstrate our strong fi nancial 
position and how we are protecting 
shareholder returns by managing risks.
Chief Financial Offi    cer’s review  p34
Risk review  p39

For more information go to 
ar12.debenhamsplc.com

 32  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  33 

Chief Financial Offi    cer’s review
Building strong foundations

Simon Herrick, Chief Financial Offi    cer

We made good progress in 2012. 
Gross transaction value, like-for-like sales, profi t 
before tax and earnings per share all increased*. 
Net debt improved and we completed the fi rst 
tranche of the share buyback programme.

*52 weeks to 1 September 2012 vs 52 weeks to 27 August 2011

 34  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Note: The Financial Statements for the period 
ended 3 September 2011 included 53 weeks. 
Therefore all comparative income statement 
numbers for the 2011 fi nancial year relate 
to the 52 weeks of trading to 27 August 2011. 
Management believes that comparing 
like-for-like 52 week periods demonstrates 
the underlying performance of the business. 
Comparative cash fl ow numbers refl ect the 
full 53 weeks to 3 September 2011 and the 
comparative balance sheet is also at this date.

Sales and profi  t performance
Debenhams delivered a good performance 
in 2012 given the challenging market 
conditions. Key fi nancial metrics are 
summarised in fi gure 1 whilst our key 
performance indicators are described 
in detail on page 6.

Group 
The Debenhams brand trades through 
239 stores in 28 countries and online in 
67 countries. 

The total trading space of owned stores as 
at 1 September 2012 was 12,521,000 sq ft, 
an increase of 78,000 sq ft (0.6%) during 
the course of the year.

Group gross transaction value increased 
by 2.6% to £2,708.0 million for the 52 weeks 
to 1 September 2012 (2011: £2,639.5 million). 
Group revenue increased by 2.5% from 
£2,176.4 million to £2,229.8 million. Group 
like-for-like sales grew by 2.3% including 
VAT and by 1.6% excluding VAT.

Group gross margin decreased by 30 basis 
points during the year due to a largely 
weather-related sales mix change towards 
health & beauty, which has a lower gross 
margin than own bought clothing, and to 

Figure 1: Financial summary

higher concession sales. The promotional 
calendar was largely unchanged from last 
year as stocks were very tightly controlled 
across the business given the diffi  cult 
market conditions. 

Profi t before tax for the year increased by 
4.2% to £158.3 million (2011: £151.9 million). 
The use of “headline profi t before tax” was 
discontinued during 2012 as the quantum 
of the amortisation of capitalised bank fees 
which constituted the diff erence between 
the reported and headline metrics has 
become small enough that the distinction 
is no longer necessary.

Profi t after tax increased by 12.8% to 
£125.3 million, largely due to both lower 
taxation and interest as detailed on page 37.

Basic earnings per share for 2012 were 9.8 
pence (2011: 8.6 pence) and diluted earnings 
per share were 9.8 pence (2011: 8.6 pence).

Segmental performance
Debenhams is adopting a new segmental 
analysis which better represents the way 
we manage the Group. This will provide 
sales and operating profi t information for 
two segments: UK and international. Each 
segment represents the performance of 
one pillar of the four pillar Debenhams’ 
strategy. The UK segment will refl ect the 
performance of “Focusing on UK retail”, 
while the international segment will refl ect 
“Expanding the brand internationally”. 
The results of the pillar “Improving choice 
and availability through multi-channel” 
are split between the two segments based 
on customer location.

Gross transaction value – Group
Gross transaction value – UK
Gross transaction value – international
Like-for -like sales exc VAT
Revenue – Group
Revenue – UK
Revenue – international
Operating profi t – Group
Operating profi t – UK
Operating profi t – international
Net interest
Profi t before tax 
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Dividend per share

52 weeks to 
1 September 
2012
£2,708.0m
£2,204.6m
£503.4m
1.6%
£2,229.8m
£1,860.3m
£369.5m
£175.0m
£144.3m
£30.7m
£16.7m
£158.3m
9.8p
9.8p
3.3p

52 weeks to 
27 August 
2011
£2,639.5m
£2,149.5m
£490.0m
n/a

53 weeks to 
3 September 
2011
£2,679.3m
£2,181.1m
£498.2m
n/a
£2,176.4m £2,209.8m
£1,850.6m
£1,823.1m
£359.2m
£353.3m
£183.7m
£175.0m
£156.2m
£149.1m
£27.5m
£25.9m
£23.4m
£23.1m
£160.3m
£151.9m
9.1p
8.6p
9.1p
8.6p
3.0p
3.0p

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  35 

Chief Financial Offi    cer’s review continued

UK
The UK segment comprises 154 stores in the 
UK plus online deliveries to UK customers. 
During the year we opened two new stores 
and modernised 18.

UK gross transaction value increased by 
2.6% to £2,204.6 million for the 52 weeks 
to 1 September 2012. Revenue increased 
by 2.0% to £1,860.3 million. 

Sales growth in the UK was driven by a 
number of factors.

•  Good performance from the 32 stores 

which have been modernised since 2010. 
Stores modernised for one year are 
achieving a sales uplift of c.6% during 
the fi rst year. Those stores which have 
completed two years since modernisation 
are achieving a further average uplift of 
c.1.5% in the second year. This is signifi cant 
because previous modernisation 
programmes have generally only delivered 
a fi rst year uplift

•  An improved performance from 

uninvested core stores (i.e. those awaiting 
modernisation) following the introduction 
of initiatives to improve basic retail practices

•  Market share gains in key categories 

including womenswear, menswear and 
health & beauty (sources: Kantar 
Worldpanel Fashion Market Share, NPD)
•  Improvements in our marketing activities 
and higher marketing spend that is both 
driving sales and improving perceptions 
about the Debenhams brand

•  Growth in online sales

EBITDA for the UK segment decreased 
by 0.2% to £224.8 million. UK operating 
profi t for the UK segment decreased by 

Figure 2: Cash fl  ow and uses of cash

3.2% to £144.3 million, largely as a result 
of higher depreciation. 

International 
The international segment represents 85 
stores, comprising 11 Debenhams stores in 
the Republic of Ireland, six Magasin du Nord 
stores in Denmark, the 68 international 
franchise stores and online sales to 
customers outside of the UK. During the year 
we opened seven franchise stores including 
two new markets and closed three stores. 

International gross transaction value 
increased by 2.7% to £503.4 million. 
Revenue increased by 4.6% to £369.5 million.

The key drivers of international sales growth 
during the year were:

•  A strong performance from Magasin du 
Nord which recorded like-for-like sales 
growth of 4.6% in local currency
•  Good results from the international 

franchise stores. Seven new stores opened 
over the course of the year (two each in 
India and the Philippines, one each in Iran, 
Pakistan and Russia). Three stores closed 
(one each in Moldova, Romania and 
Slovakia) resulting in a total of 68 stores 
in 25 countries at the end of the year

•  A growing international online business. 
During the year the number of countries 
able to transact through debenhams.com 
outside the UK increased from seven to 66. 
A local language website was launched 
in Germany

EBITDA for the international segment 
increased by 10.8% to £42.0 million. 
Operating profi t for the international segment 
increased by 18.5% to £30.7 million. Improved 
profi tability was driven by higher sales.

EBITDA
Working capital
Proceeds from sale of fi xed asset investments
Capital expenditure and investments
Operating cash fl ow before fi nancing and taxation
Taxation
Financing
Dividends paid
Share buyback
Other
Change in net debt
Opening net debt
Closing net debt

*Adjustment for property sales and leaseback transactions

52 weeks to
 1 September 
2012
£266.8m
£(7.1)m
–
£(118.6)m
£141.1m
£(44.6)m
£(13.6)m
£(38.5)m
£(20.1)m
£(9.3)m
£15.0m
£383.7m
£368.7m

53 weeks to
3 September
2011*
£272.2m
£(22.6)m
£5.0m
£(114.0)m
£140.6m
£(48.6)m
£(25.6)m
£(12.9)m
–
£79.6m
£133.1m
£516.8m
£383.7m

 36  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

£23.1 million). This refl ects the lower interest 
rate associated with the refi nancing of the 
senior credit facility in July 2011 and a 
reduction in the Group’s level of debt.

Taxation
The Group’s tax charge of £33.0 million on 
a profi t of £158.3 million gave an eff ective tax 
rate of 20.8% compared with 26.9% for the 
prior year. The decline in eff ective rate is in 
part due to reductions in the headline rate 
of corporation tax (accounting for 2.0% of 
the 6.1% nominal decrease) with the balance 
largely due to the resolution of historical 
issues net of current year contingencies.

Earnings per share
Total basic and diluted earnings per share 
were 9.8 pence, compared with 8.6 pence for 
the 52 weeks to 27 August 2011. The weighted 
average number of shares in issue in 2012 
was 1,281.3 million (2011: 1,286.5 million). 

Cash fl  ow and uses of cash
Debenhams remains a highly cash 
generative business and has clear priorities 
for the uses of cash which are:

1.  Invest in the business to support the 

four pillars of the strategy

2.  Grow dividend cover in line with 

maintaining dividend cover of three 
times earnings

3.  Move towards one times net debt to 
EBITDA over the medium-term

4. Return surplus cash to shareholders 
through a long-term share buyback 
programme 

Group costs 
Ensuring the business has an appropriate 
and well-controlled cost base continues to be 
an important area of focus and we maintain 
very strong cost management disciplines 
across all areas of the business. The main cost 
categories are described in terms of their 
percentage of gross transaction value.

•  Store payroll as a ratio to gross transaction 

improved to 10.5% (2011: 10.9%), largely as a 
result of effi  ciency savings, in particular in 
relation to the employment of temporary 
staff  over the peak trading period

•  Store rent as a ratio to gross transaction 
value decreased from 7.0% last year to 
6.8% this year

•  Warehousing and distribution costs as a 
ratio to GTV increased from 2.6% to 3.0% 
as a result of higher levels of activity in 
the multi-channel business

•  Other costs comprise a number of 
components, not least buying and 
merchandising, marketing, pension and 
the costs associated with the multi-channel 
business. We are investing in a number 
of these areas to ensure Debenhams can 
deliver sustainable, long-term sales growth. 
As a result, other costs as a percentage 
of gross transaction value increased by 
20 basis points during 2012

Depreciation 
Group depreciation and amortisation of £91.6 
million increased by 1.7% versus last year 
(2011: £90.1 million) as they begin to refl ect 
increased investment in capital expenditure.

Financing income and expense
The net interest cost of £16.7 million for the 
52 weeks to 1 September 2012 represented 
a decline of 27.7% from last year (2011: 

Figure 3: Capital expenditure

New UK stores 
UK store modernisations 
UK maintenance 
International 
Group systems 
Group warehouse 
Other 

FY 2012 
9% 
27% 
23% 
6% 
21% 
9% 
5% 

New UK stores 
UK store modernisations 
UK maintenance 
International 
Group systems 
Group warehouse 
Head office move 
Other 

FY 2013 guidance
10%
29%
15%
8%
20%
5%
9%
4%

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Cash fl ow generation, the uses of cash and 
the movement in net debt are summarised 
in fi gure 2.

Operating cash fl ow before fi nancing and 
taxation was £141.1 million. We used this cash 
to pay taxation of £44.6 million and fi nancing 
of £13.6 million. Payment of the 2011 fi nal 
dividend and 2012 interim dividend 
accounted for £38.5 million. A further 
£20.1 million was spent on share buybacks.

Capital expenditure
Capital expenditure during the year was 
£118.6 million, an increase of 4.0% versus 
the previous year (2011: £114.0 million). 
The key components of capital expenditure 
are detailed in fi gure 3 as is guidance for 
capital expenditure in 2013.

Dividends
An interim dividend of 1.0 pence per share 
was paid to shareholders on 6 July 2012. 
The board is recommending a fi nal dividend 
of 2.3 pence per share (2011: 2.0 pence) which 
will be paid to shareholders on 11 January 
2013, taking the total dividend for the year 
to 3.3 pence (2011: 3.0 pence).

Share buyback programme
In October 2011 the board announced that 
as it could see no benefi t in leverage below 
1 times EBITDA, it intended to commence 
a long-term share buyback programme as 
leverage approached this 1 times. It was 
subsequently announced at the interim 
results in April 2012 that this programme 
would commence with the initial purchase 
of £20 million of shares during the following 
six months. This was duly completed by the 
end of August 2012. The total number of 
shares bought was 23.6 million, consuming 
£20.1 million of cash. These shares are 
currently held as treasury shares.

Net debt 
The Group’s net debt position as at 
1 September 2012 was £368.7 million 
(3 September 2011: £383.7 million), a 
reduction of £15.0 million during the course 
of the year after the share buyback. As a 
consequence the ratio of reported net debt 
to EBITDA remained at 1.4 times. 

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  37 

 
 
Chief Financial Offi    cer’s review continued

Balance sheet 
Key balance sheet items are summarised 
in fi gure 4.

Reported net assets were £661.0 million 
representing an increase of £1.4 million from 
the Balance Sheet at 3 September 2011.

Inventory
Stock levels continued to be managed very 
tightly during the year given the diffi  cult 
market conditions. Store stock levels were 
fl at on the prior year whilst stock levels in 
the online and international businesses 
increased in line with growing demand. 
As a result, total stock increased by 3.4% to 
£332.3 million. Terminal stock at year end of 
2.6% was in line with the long-term average.

Pensions
The Group provides a number of pension 
arrangements for its employees. These 
include the Debenhams Retirement Scheme 
and the Debenhams Executive Pension Plan 
(together the “Group’s pension schemes”) 
which closed for future service accrual from 
31 October 2006. Under IAS 19, the Group’s 
pension schemes’ defi cit as at 1 September 
2012 was £57.3 million (3 September 2011: 
£3.9 million surplus). Further information 
can be found in note 23 to the Group fi nancial 
statements starting on page 107.

Future pension arrangements will be 
provided for Debenhams’ employees 
by a money purchase stakeholder plan 
or defi ned contribution pension schemes.

During March this year the triennial actuarial 
valuation was completed and discussions 
with the pension fund trustees were 
concluded. The contributions from the 
Company and the investment strategies 

Figure 4: Balance sheet 

Intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Inventory
Other assets
Trade and other payables
Other liabilities
Retirement benefi t (obligations)/assets
Deferred tax assets/liabilities
Net debt
Reported net assets

devised by the trustees are intended to 
restore the schemes to a fully funded position 
on an ongoing basis by the end of March 
2022 (Debenhams Retirement Scheme) and 
August 2021 (Debenhams Executive Pension 
Plan). As a consequence of this agreed plan, 
annual contributions to the two funds were 
set at £8.9 million, rising each year in line 
with the RPI. The Company also pays the 
non-investment expenses and levies to 
the Pension Protection Fund.

Financial position
In July 2011, the Group refi nanced its 
£650 million senior credit facility which 
has a maturity date of October 2015, with 
an option to extend further to October 2016. 
The facility comprises a £250 million term loan 
and a £400 million revolving credit facility.

The senior credit facility contains fi xed 
charge cover and leverage covenants, which 
were both met in full during the year. The 
directors believe that the Group has suffi  cient 
headroom to ensure compliance for the 
foreseeable future.

Financing risk and 
treasury management
The board has established an overall treasury 
policy and has approved authority levels 
within which the treasury function must 
operate. Treasury policy is to manage risks 
within the agreed framework whilst not 
taking speculative positions.

The policies and strategies for managing 
fi nancial risks are disclosed in note 21 of 
the Group fi nancial statements starting 
on page 101.

Simon Herrick
Chief Financial Offi  cer

 1 September 
2012
£864.9m
£661.6m
£332.3m
£105.2m
£(525.4)m
£(370.1)m
£(57.3)m
£18.5m
£(368.7)m
£661.0m

3 September
2011
£858.1m
£634.6m
£321.3m
£95.6m
£(489.1)m
£(382.7)m
£3.9m
£1.6m
£(383.7)m
£659.6m

 38  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Risk review
Safeguarding future returns

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Eff  ective management of risks and 
opportunities is essential if Debenhams 
is to deliver its strategic and operational 
goals, protect its reputation and 
ultimately enhance shareholder value. 

To support this system for internal control, 
the Debenhams risk management 
framework (fi gure 1) has been developed 
using the principles of the international 
standard ISO 31000 (Risk Management). 

The board, which has overall responsibility 
for risk management and internal control, 
considers it important that there should 
be a regular and systematic approach to 
the management of risks in order to provide 
assurance that strategic and operational 
goals can be met and the Group’s reputation 
is protected. 

In order to identify and manage risks 
eff ectively, a risk management framework has 
been developed, which includes: processes to 
identify the risks facing the Group; a process 
to evaluate the potential impact of risks; 
appropriate controls and strategies to treat the 
risks; reporting requirements for changes to 
the risk profi le; and details of specifi c roles and 
responsibilities relating to the management 
of risk. Management is expected to utilise the 
risk management framework when assessing 
risks and implementing suitable controls. 

Risk management framework
The board is responsible for the Group’s 
system of internal control, which is based 
on the COSO model (covering control 
environment, risk assessment, information 
and communication, control activities 
and monitoring) and for reviewing the 
eff ectiveness of the internal control systems 
in place. Such systems are designed to 
manage rather than eliminate the risk 
of failure to achieve the strategic business 
objectives. They can only provide reasonable 
and not absolute assurance against material 
misstatement or loss. The board has 
conducted a review of the eff ectiveness 
of internal controls and is satisfi ed that 
the controls in place remain appropriate.

The board exemplifi es the control 
environment to its stakeholders through 
its compliance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, Debenhams’ policies 
and procedures and, in particular, policies 
covering risk management, code of business 
conduct and anti-bribery and corruption. 

This framework highlights the central role 
that the management of risk plays in the 
successful delivery of strategic objectives 
and the fact that this process is dependent 
on people fulfi lling their clearly defi ned 
roles and responsibilities.

The key points of the process are described 
in more detail below.

Risk identifi  cation
Risks exist within all operations and it is 
important to identify them in order to 
understand the degree to which their 
occurrence would threaten the delivery 
of key objectives.

Risks are identifi ed through a number of 
routes. They include membership of industry 
bodies, environmental scanning (i.e. market 
research), changes to legislation, enterprise 
risk management best practices, strategic 
planning exercises, ongoing operational 
reviews by management, project governance 
processes, internal audits and control 
environment reviews. 

Whilst there are ongoing monitors in place, 
the most extensive piece of work undertaken 
to identify risks is the annual organisation-
wide review facilitated by the risk 
management team. This was most recently 
conducted in October 2012. All senior 
managers participate in the exercise, 
including the board. It considers strategy, 
objectives and risks to their achievement 
together with the existing and new controls 
required to mitigate risk. The outputs from 
this process are collated into the Group’s risk 
register and are taken into consideration 
when setting the annual internal audit plan. 
Management is required to update the 
register with any new or emerging risks 
as they are identifi ed.

Figure 1: Debenhams risk management framework

s
e
v
i
t
c
e
j
b
o
c
i
g
e
t
a
r
t
S

Executive directors

Strategic objectives

Report

Define risk appetite

Risk reporting

Audit  Committee

t
a
e
r
T

Define principal risks
and risk treatment

Risk management
team

Risk identification

Divisions

Risk identification 

Risk evaluation 

Evaluate

Strategic objectives

Specialist functions

I
d
e
n
t
i
f
y

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
i
c
o
b
j
e
c
t
i
v
e
s

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  39 

 
 
Risk review continued

Risk evaluation
In order to understand the impact specifi c 
risks would have to the Group, each risk is 
evaluated based on the likelihood of 
occurrence and its severity. 

The risk ranking matrix (fi gure 2) has 
been developed to ensure that a consistent 
approach is taken when assessing the overall 
impact to the Group. Likelihood is based 
on the frequency of occurrence in a rolling 
12 month period and severity is determined 
by the degree of change across key 
performance indicators.

Management is responsible for ensuring 
that risks are evaluated correctly, with 
support from the fi nance department 
as required. Individual managers consider 
the cumulative impact of all risks across 
their particular area of operation when 
determining the state of their overall control 
environment. The purpose of this exercise 
is to calculate the risk score for each risk 
identifi ed, which determines the level of 
treatment expected. 

The board reviews the key risks to the Group, 
taking action to strengthen where necessary, 
and the output from this is used to populate 
the Group’s risk map.

Risk treatment
The board is responsible for determining 
the nature and extent of the risks it is willing 
to take in achieving its strategic objectives, 
which is defi ned as the risk appetite and is 
outlined in fi gure 3.

Risk scores are compared to the risk appetite 
matrix, which provides guidance on the 
expected level of treatment, timeframes 
and authority levels. The four methods 
used to treat risk are: 

•  Tolerate (accept risk and take no 

further action) 

•  Treat (reduce risk by defi ning and 
completing appropriate actions to 
improve or implement controls)

•  Transfer (share a risk via insurance policies 
or asking a third party to take the risk in 
another way)

•  Terminate (avoid risk quickly and decisively 

by eliminating or re-engineering the 
activities that lead to the risk occurring)

 40  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Risk reporting and monitoring
Individual managers are expected to 
defi ne and analyse the reports they require 
to enhance fi nancial and operational 
performance and identify emerging risks 
or control failures. 

Financial performance is monitored through 
a number of processes. An operating plan 
is prepared in August of each year, shortly 
before the start of the fi nancial year and 
a revised forecast is prepared each month 
of the fi nancial year which analyses actual 
performance and highlights variances 
against the plan. In particular, performance 
is monitored through a series of key metrics. 
Daily sales, weekly sales and margin and 
monthly management accounts are 
prepared, all of which report on performance 
against the operating plan, last year and 
forecast. Additionally, a treasury report is 
made to each board meeting which covers 
matters such as senior operating restrictions, 
covenant reporting and forecasting (under 
the Group’s banking facilities), exposure to 
foreign exchange and hedging arrangements, 
net debt and interest rate hedging, cash fl ow 
and cash fl ow forecasting and amounts 
deposited with counterparties.

Performance is reviewed at board meetings, 
senior management meetings, Audit 
Committee, business continuity 
management committee and executive 
health and safety meetings. There are also 
other mechanisms in place to monitor risks 
such as internal audit reviews, critical and 
serious risk monitor, fraud detection systems, 
whistleblowing, stock counts and security 
equipment such as CCTV.

In addition, the Audit Committee satisfi es 
itself that key risks are being monitored by 
senior management and that the internal 
audit plan is focused on high priority areas. 
The internal audit team updates the board 
and the Audit Committee on the eff ectiveness 
of risk management within each discrete 
area audited throughout the year. The Audit 
Committee will bring any areas of concern 
to the attention of the board.

Roles and responsibilities
The eff ective management of risk is reliant 
upon all employees successfully performing 
their specifi c roles and responsibilities 
and individual managers are expected 
to familiarise themselves with their 
responsibilities, which are outlined below, 
and to act accordingly. 

Only suitably qualifi ed employees are 
responsible for each of the functions 
within the Group to ensure that each area 
operates eff ectively. Training, performance 
reviews and support mechanisms are in 
place to ensure performance standards 
are maintained.

Board of directors
The board of directors is responsible for: 
approving the risk management policy 
and related framework; setting and 
communicating the Group’s risk appetite 
and related policies; setting the tone and 
culture for managing risk; providing 
strategic direction and guidance on risk 
related decision making; ensuring that risk 
management processes are adopted across 
the whole Group; obtaining assurance on 
the eff ectiveness and compliance with the 
risk management framework; reporting 

Figure 2: Risk ranking matrix

t
n
e
u
q
e
r
F

n
o
m
m
o
C

l
a
n
o
i
s
a
c
c
O

y
l
e
k
i
l

n
U

d
o
o
h

i
l
e
k
i
L

4

3

2

1

4

3

2

1

Low 

1 (12) 

Impact

16

12

8

4

36

64

27

48

18

32

9

16

Moderate 

4 (22) 

Serious 

9 (32) 

Critical

16 (42)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
on the management of risk to stakeholders; 
and signing off  public disclosures related 
to risk and risk management.

Divisional directors 
and heads of function 
Divisional directors and heads of function are 
responsible for: identifying and evaluating 
the risks that relate to their areas and 
activities; implementing appropriate controls 
to manage risks in line with the Group’s risk 
appetite; and taking ownership for risks and 
controls within their area of responsibility.

All employees
All employees are responsible for: being 
aware of the risks that relate to their roles 
and their activities; continuously improving 
their management of risk; implementing 
appropriate controls to manage risks; and 
reporting ineff ective and/or ineffi  cient 
controls wherever they sit.

Risk management 
and internal audit function 
The Group’s risk management and internal 
audit function is made up of three discrete 
areas: risk management, internal audit and 
profi t protection. This combination enables 
the Group to maintain a cohesive approach 
to all aspects of risk management whilst 
allowing the internal audit team to benefi t 
from the insights that other areas of the 
function can provide.

Risk management team
The risk management team is responsible 
for: developing, implementing and reviewing 
the risk management framework and 
process; promoting eff ective risk 
management at all levels of the Group; 
encouraging an appropriate risk culture 
within the Group; liaising with other 
functions that advise on specialist areas; 
coordinating responses where risks impact 
more than one area; reporting, escalating 
and communicating risk management issues 
to key stakeholders; and providing assurance 
regarding risk management within the 
Group. In addition, the team manages 
corporate insurance and undertakes 
business continuity planning activities.

Internal audit team
In relation to risk management, the internal 
audit team is responsible for providing 
independent assessment of: the design, 
operation and eff ectiveness of the risk 
management framework and process; 
management of key risks, including the 
eff ectiveness of the controls; reporting 
of risk and control status; reliability of 
assurances provided by management 
relating to risk management.

Profi t protection
The profi t protection team’s responsibilities 
include activities such as: ensuring 
loss prevention strategies are developed 
and implemented, anti-fraud monitoring 
across the Group and the management 
of whistleblowing.

Whistleblowing 
All Debenhams’ employees are required to 
adhere to the code of business conduct and 
the anti-bribery and corruption policy, with 
senior employees required to confi rm their 
compliance in writing. These policies set out 
the ethical standards expected by the Group 
and include details of how matters can be 
raised in strict confi dence. Two main routes 
are available to employees at all levels within 
the Group to raise concerns over 
malpractices. The fi rst, “Employees’ 
guidelines to problem solving”, encourages 
employees to talk to their line manager, their 
manager’s line manager or, if still concerned, 
to call HR Connect (the central human 
resources team) directly. The second route is 
a confi dential reporting line through which 
employees can speak to the Group anti-fraud 
team. If an employee feels that the matter is 
so serious that it cannot be discussed in any 
of these ways, s/he can contact the Company 
Secretary or the Director of Internal Audit 
and Risk Management. The Group’s policy 
on whistleblowing and these methods of 
raising issues of concern are published on 
Debenhams’ intranet and emphasised on 
posters. The policy is reviewed annually by 
the Audit Committee. All serious matters 
identifi ed are raised with the chairman of 
the Audit Committee. 

Figure 3: Risk appetite matrix

Action 

Optional 

Optional 

Risk matrix 
zone 
Green 
(Limited) 
Yellow 
(Moderate) 
Orange 
(Signifi  cant)  Yes 
Red 
(Ultimate) 

Yes 

9-12 months 

Treatment 
timeframe 

Risk 
acceptance 
owner
Head of 
department 

Risk 
response 
Treat or 
tolerate 
Treat or 
tolerate 
Treat, transfer 
or terminate 
Treat, transfer 
or terminate  0-3 months  Main board 

Line director 
Executive 
director 

6-9 months 

3-6 months 

Risk score 

1, 2, 3 or 4 

8, 9 or 12 

16, 18 or 27 
32, 36, 48 
or 64 

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Business continuity planning
The business continuity committee 
comprises the Chief Financial Offi  cer, 
Retail Director, HR Director and Director 
of Internal Audit and Risk Management. 
Other executives are invited to attend 
meetings as and when appropriate.

The objectives of this committee are to 
ensure that potential threats to the Group 
and the impact that those threats might 
cause have been identifi ed, that a framework 
to build organisational resilience to known 
threats is in place and that the framework 
is capable of providing an eff ective response 
to safeguard the Group.

The committee uses a framework based 
on ISO 22301:2012 (Business Continuity 
Management Systems) and undertakes 
a number of key activities. These are to 
review and agree: the business continuity 
management policy and how it will be 
managed and communicated; the risks 
and threats facing the Group and prioritise 
them based on the evaluation of their 
severity and likelihood; the business 
continuity management strategy; the 
business continuity management response 
and its implementation; the process for 
exercising, maintaining and reviewing 
business continuity management 
arrangements; and the mechanisms to 
embed business continuity management 
in the Group’s culture.

Principal risks and uncertainties 
The risks detailed on pages 42 to 45 and in 
the Notes to the Financial Statements are the 
principal risks and uncertainties that may 
impact the Group’s ability to achieve its 
strategic and operational goals. Both external 
factors, such as the economic environment, 
and internal factors, such as the retention of 
key management, are included in the risks 
and uncertainties that could substantially 
impact performance. Relevant mitigation 
for each risk is also outlined. These risks are 
presented in no particular order. 

It should be noted that any system of risk 
management and internal control is designed 
to manage rather than eliminate the risk of 
failure to achieve business objectives and 
can only provide reasonable and not absolute 
assurance against material misstatement 
or loss. 

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  41 

Risk review continued

External risk

Risk and impact

Consistent fall in customer spending 
as a result of economic downturn, 
infl  ation or defl  ation 

Reduction in gross transaction value and a 
decline in sales on discretionary purchases

Competitive pressures in existing 
markets infl  uence customer behaviour 

Place pressure on our pricing strategy, 
margins and profi tability

Factors infl  uencing the sustainability 
of the supply chain

Place pressure on margin and will also divert 
fi nancial and management resources from 
more benefi cial uses

Example of mitigation

Change*

The board conducts strategic business reviews which ensure that 
management is focused on key priorities and cost control. These reviews 
also focus on the four pillars of the Group’s strategy to build a leading 
international, multi-channel brand.

Debenhams’ brand and product strategy gives customers a unique, 
diff erentiated and exclusive choice of brand, products and categories within 
a good/better/best pricing architecture. An understanding of customers 
and their needs is developed by listening to their views, market intelligence 
and reviewing key performance indicators which ensures that pricing is 
competitive. Debenhams is investing additional resources in customer 
analytics and insight.

Debenhams fosters excellent relationships with its suppliers that 
are mutually benefi cial. Both parties work towards the objective of 
optimising sustainable fulfi lment and costs, which is measured regularly 
by management through key performance indicators. Alongside this, 
Debenhams develops multiple sourcing routes to ensure pricing remains 
competitive and that demand can be supplied. 

Debenhams and its suppliers will continue to work hard to deliver the best 
performance possible in a very challenging market.

Loss of profi  t or additional expenditure 
caused by increased energy or fuel costs 

Place pressure on margin and will also divert 
fi nancial and management resources from 
more benefi cial uses

A key objective of the energy committee is to control energy usage, 
including the impact of the Carbon Reduction Commitment scheme. 
An energy hedging policy is in place to provide a high degree of 
cost certainty. 

Financial risk

Risk and impact

Example of mitigation

Change*

Risks associated with currency, 
hedging, interest rates, credit, 
counterparties and fi  nancial 
covenants under the credit facilities

Debenhams has a treasury policy in place which covers counterparty 
limits and hedging for interest rates, foreign exchange and energy. 
There is also an internal treasury function which is mandated by 
the board and audited annually.

Hinder ability to adjust rapidly to changing 
market conditions and impact earnings 
and cash fl ow

Debenhams closely monitors all aspects of cash management to optimise 
balance sheet metrics. Eff ectiveness is measured regularly by management 
through a series of key performance indicators.

Hedging strategy may not adequately 
protect operating results from the impact of 
exchange rate fl uctuations or may limit any 
benefi t caused by favourable movements 
in exchange rates

Aff ect available cash and liquidity and could 
have material eff ect on the business, results 
of operations and fi nancial condition

Business critical spreadsheets and databases used by the fi nance 
department have been identifi ed and appropriate control measures 
are used in line with Debenhams’ policy to ensure data integrity.

Shortfall in the pension fund

Increases in pension related liabilities could 
impact profi ts and cash fl ow

The trustees of the Group’s pension schemes carefully monitor the pension 
fund and alter the investment strategy as appropriate. Any shortfall in 
funding is brought to the attention of the board.

Please refer to the Notes to the Financial Statements for other risks in this category

*Change in severity and/or likelihood of risk during course of 2012

 42  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Strategic risk

Risk and impact

Inability to predict or fulfi  l customer 
demands or preferences 

Sales will be lower, market share reduced 
and will be forced to rely on markdown 
and promotions to dispose of excess or 
slow moving inventory. May be inventory 
shortfalls on popular merchandise

Departure of key personnel and failure 
to attract or retain talent 

Signifi cantly delay or prevent achievement 
of strategy 

Failure to achieve the new store roll 
out or acquisition targets 

Reduced growth or a decline in gross 
transaction value and may be required to 
write down the value of any stock acquired 
for sale in an uncompleted store

Example of mitigation

Change*

Debenhams utilises market, trend and customer awareness research 
to understand current demands and preferences. It delivers these 
requirements through multiple channels, including its store and non-store 
sales channels. To achieve this these channels are constantly developed 
and high operational standards maintained to diff erentiate from 
competitors. Stock levels and the supply chain are monitored closely 
in order to ensure product newness is maximised.

This is a decreasing risk as a number of strategic projects have been 
undertaken to improve our understanding of our customers.

In order to attract and retain talent, both succession and personal 
development plans are in place throughout the Group. In addition, 
target-led, performance-related incentive schemes exist.

Debenhams undertakes research of key markets and demographics to 
identify potential locations to drive growth through new space. A full 
investment appraisal is conducted as part of the decision making process 
and a specialist team has responsibility for end-to-end management 
of each project once the decision is made.

Failure of ethical trading policy, poor 
perception in the market on corporate 
responsibility matters or negative 
impact to brand due to product quality, 
supply chain practices, health and 
safety etc. 

Negative eff ect on reputation leading to loss 
of stakeholder trust and confi dence, material 
adverse eff ect on the ability to attract and 
retain third party brands, suppliers, designers, 
concessionaires and franchisees with 
subsequent impact on performance and results

Ethical sourcing, legislative change and corporate responsibility matters 
are key areas of focus for the sustainability committee. 

To ensure that Debenhams has the most current information available, 
it is a member of relevant industry bodies that provide awareness of 
changes to standards and legislation. 

Debenhams is an active member of Ethical Trading Initiative (ETI) and 
expects all suppliers to follow the ETI base code and adhere to Debenhams’ 
own supplier code of conduct. 

A reliance on third party suppliers, the challenges of the current economic 
environment and the complexity of new and existing legislation makes this 
an ongoing risk which Debenhams and its suppliers have to manage.

Hazard

Risk and impact 

Example of mitigation

Change*

Loss of business or additional 
expenditure caused by terrorism, 
strikes, riots, natural disasters 
or pandemics 

Adverse eff ect on inventory and gross 
transaction value and will divert fi nancial 
and management resources from more 
benefi cial uses. In the case of terrorism, 
customer confi dence may be impacted

The business continuity committee is comprised of senior executives and 
works to a framework based on the most recent international standard.

The key objectives of this committee are to ensure that potential threats to 
the organisation and the impacts that those threats might cause have been 
identifi ed, that a framework that builds organisational resilience to known 
threats is in place and that the framework has the capability to deliver an 
eff ective response to safeguard the Group.

Insurance policies have been placed as appropriate to minimise the impact 
of specifi c risks.

Additional expenditure or reputational 
damage caused by changes in 
legislation or a breach of regulations

Debenhams has specialist accounting, taxation and legal and secretariat 
teams and is also a member of key industry bodies which provide 
awareness of changes to standards and legislation.

Adverse eff ect on inventory and gross 
transaction value and will divert fi nancial 
and management resources from more 
benefi cial uses

Forums exist to focus on specifi c areas of legislation. Specifi c business 
policies and procedures are in place to ensure roles and responsibilities are 
understood across the Group.

*Change in severity and/or likelihood of risk during course of 2012

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  43 

Risk review continued

Hazard continued

Risk and impact

Example of mitigation

Change*

Theft of customer data or breach 
of payment card industry data 
security standards

Negative eff ect on reputation leading 
to loss of stakeholder trust and confi dence, 
with subsequent impact on performance 
and results and will divert fi nancial 
and management resources from 
more benefi cial uses

Personal injury or property damage 
relating to a major Debenhams or 
supplier location

Injury or loss of life to staff  or customers. 
Negative eff ect on reputation and will divert 
fi nancial and management resources from 
more benefi cial uses

Disruptions or other adverse events 
aff  ecting relationships with or the 
performance of major suppliers, 
franchise partners, store card providers, 
designers or concessionaires

Costs associated with the transfer of 
the operations or the potential of extra 
operational cost from a new provider 

Changes in exclusivity arrangements with 
designers or any decline in their popularity 
could have a material adverse impact

Loss of a number of important concession 
partners may adversely aff ect GTV

Adverse events within the supply chain 
could restrict the availability or signifi cantly 
increase the cost of goods 

Credit insurance diffi  culties for a signifi cant 
number of suppliers could lead to a 
detrimental variation of terms or alternative 
suppliers used to source some goods

Fraud, theft or industrial espionage

Negative eff ect on reputation and will divert 
fi nancial and management resources from 
more benefi cial uses

The information security forum reviews projects and key activities for 
compliance to the relevant standards. Debenhams’ compliance to the 
PCI standard is monitored by management and reported to the Audit 
Committee. A number of security tools are employed to protect data, 
including encryption, intruder detection and data loss prevention.

The executive health and safety committee reviews compliance in this area 
and a number of participants are members of various relevant industry 
bodies. The committee receives input from specialist teams which focus on 
discrete aspects. These include health and safety, building services, insurance 
and buying and merchandising. To support compliance and to maintain 
high operational standards, health and safety awareness programmes are 
in place and each site has its own health and safety committee.

In order to minimise the impact of any third party relationship or 
performance issues, Debenhams’ objectives are to: maintain excellent third 
party relationships by ensuring strategies are aligned; have appropriate, 
unambiguous contracts in place; ensure third parties are fi nancially robust; 
and have contingency plans in place in the event of a failure (e.g. conversion 
of space to own bought for concessionaire failure, multiple sourcing routes 
for supplier failure).

This is an increasing risk due to the ongoing, global economic situation 
and the impact this could have on a signifi cant supplier or partner.

In order to mitigate fraud across all channels in which Debenhams 
operates, a number of preventative measures are in place. These include 
accounting policies and procedures, systems access restrictions, 
expenditure authorisation levels, whistleblowing and anti-bribery and 
corruption policies and a code of business conduct, all of which provide 
employees with guidelines on how to escalate an issue confi dentially. 
A variety of monitoring mechanisms are used to identify fraudulent 
activity including data mining across point of sale and head offi  ce 
functions. As part of the organisation-wide risk assessment, individual 
managers sign an anti-fraud, bribery and corruption declaration. Issues 
identifi ed are investigated and reported to the Audit Committee.

*Change in severity and/or likelihood of risk during course of 2012

 44  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Operational risk

Risk and impact

Failure to deliver a business 
critical project

Divert fi nancial and management resources 
from more benefi cial uses and signifi cantly 
damage ability to manage information 
technology systems

Example of mitigation

Change*

A full investment appraisal is conducted as part of the decision making 
process and must be signed off  by a board member before any project 
is undertaken. 

As part of project governance, a steering committee monitors all key areas 
involved in the delivery of the project, a project framework is used, selected 
projects will be reviewed by internal audit and post investment appraisals 
are undertaken.

Debenhams is undertaking a head offi  ce move during 2013 which 
increases the risk rating compared to last year. 

Ineff  ective brand awareness 
and marketing programmes

Loss of market share, customer loyalty, 
reduction in gross transaction value and a 
decline in sales on discretionary purchases

Debenhams utilises market, trend and customer awareness research to 
understand current demands and preferences. This information is used to 
identify specifi c segments of the market to target and to form a proposal as a 
marketing campaign. A full investment appraisal is conducted and must be 
signed off  by a board member before any campaign is undertaken. Campaign 
eff ectiveness is monitored through external feedback and internal analysis. 

Risks associated with 
leasehold properties 

Signifi cant alterations in rental terms 
could have a material adverse eff ect 
on the business, as would failure to 
secure desirable locations

Disputes over store modernisations may 
lead to reinstatement costs and termination 
of leases may lead to dilapidation costs 
being incurred

Failure to manage asbestos in specifi c 
properties may lead to fi nes or other liabilities 
aff ecting Debenhams’ reputation and the full 
or partial closure of properties

Debenhams has a specialist property team which manages all aspects of 
leasehold property, including cost renegotiations, communication of the 
store modernisation programme, lease renewals and adherence to all legal 
obligations under the lease.

Debenhams is also a member of key industry bodies which provide 
awareness of changes to standards and legislation.

Debenhams consults with industry experts to ensure that the asbestos 
policy and asbestos register are fully up to date. All locations where asbestos 
has been identifi ed are clearly marked with signage and the condition is 
checked on a regular basis with action taken in the event of any 
deterioration. Any works undertaken in these areas are approved by both 
the health and safety and building services teams prior to any work permits 
being issued with specialist companies used as required.

Debenhams is undertaking a head offi  ce move during 2013 which 
increases the risk rating compared to last year. 

Risks associated with systems 
failure, external attack of systems 
or data inaccuracy

Project governance, change control and implementation frameworks form 
part of all project lifecycles and the IS management team is responsible for 
ensuring that they are adhered to.

Divert fi nancial and management resources 
from more benefi cial uses and signifi cantly 
damage ability to manage information 
technology systems

Inappropriate decisions could be made using 
wrong or ambiguous information

Monitoring processes are in place across a number of key business 
systems, alongside appropriately trained specialist teams and an internal 
knowledge database.

Disaster recovery site is in place and associated systems are regularly tested 
to ensure that invocation would work eff ectively if required.

This risk was previously included within other risks in this section but has 
now been detailed separately, given the signifi cance of the risk should it occur.

Inability to eff  ectively invoke 
the Business Continuity Plan

The Business Continuity Committee is comprised of senior executives and 
works to a framework based on the most recent international standard.

Unable to continue operations smoothly 
in the event of a major incident

Divert fi nancial and management resources 
from more benefi cial uses

The key objectives of this committee are to ensure that potential threats to 
the organisation and the impacts that those threats might cause have been 
identifi ed, that a framework that builds organisational resilience to known 
threats is in place and that the framework has the capability for an eff ective 
response to safeguard the Group.

Debenhams is undertaking a Head Offi  ce move during 2013 which 
increases the risk rating compared to last year.

This risk was previously included within other risks in this section but has now 
been displayed separately, given the signifi cance of the risk should it occur.

*Change in severity and/or likelihood of risk during course of 2012

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  45 

Sustainability

We are committed to economic, 
environmental and social sustainability 
as an integral driver of long-term 
business success.

Sustainability review  p48

 46  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  47 

Sustainability review
Building the right future

Martina King, chair of sustainability 
committee

Debenhams does not have a sustainability 
department. For us, being environmentally 
and socially responsible is embedded into 
the business and into everyone’s role. 
Our sustainability committee represents all 
key areas of the business. Our experts in every 
aspect of retail have a deep understanding of 
the direct benefi ts we can introduce by adopting 
sustainability measures. 

For more information go to 
sustainability.debenhamsplc.com

 48  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Debenhams has been trading successfully 
for over 200 years. Our ability to endure 
is founded on our long history of acting 
responsibly towards our stakeholders – 
shareholders, suppliers, customers, 
employees and local communities – 
as well as the environment. 

We do not have a dedicated sustainability 
department and our sustainability 
committee may be relatively new but 
our practice of sustainability principles 
is well established. The material issues 
for our sustainability working groups – 
ethical sustainable sourcing, logistics 
and distribution, environment and people 
– derive from Debenhams’ risk register, 
which has been a foundation of our business 
strategy for many years. The discipline 
of annually updating the register has 
created a culture where managers across 
the business routinely seek to identify, 
mitigate and eliminate risks. 

Commercial drivers have always been 
paramount. All managers review practices 
regularly to ensure their area is operating 
as eff ectively and effi  ciently as possible. 
Wherever possible, we seek economically 
benefi cial measures with positive social 
and environmental impacts. 

A sounding board
Debenhams’ sustainability committee 
brings together experts from all aspects 
of retail – from sourcing and supply through 
to stores, staff  and sales. The committee 
meets quarterly to update Debenhams’ 
sustainability chair Martina King on 
progress towards our commitments. 

The committee also acts as a forum for 
new ideas amongst members and between 
the diff erent working groups, leading to 
increased collaboration across the business. 
The advantage of embedding sustainability 
into everyone’s role is that all decisions can 
be practically implemented by the relevant 
department heads. 

Plan to endure
During 2012, the sustainability committee 
has been very active on both a practical and 
strategic level. Whilst working on targets set 
for the year, we have also been developing 
a longer-term sustainability plan. 

We have now drawn up Debenhams’ “Plan 
to Endure” (“P2E”), the aim of which is to 
continue to grow and be here for the duration 
by doing the right things for our stakeholders. 

P2E entails driving overall business 
performance while living up to our 
responsibilities as a retailer, employer 
and business partner, as a steward of 
the environment and our shareholders’ 
investments and as a member of 
the community. 

In line with our business strategy to simplify 
as much as possible, P2E consolidates the 
work of our four internal working groups – 
ethical sustainable sourcing, logistics and 
distribution, environment and people – into 
three main areas of focus which balance the 
economic, environmental and social aspects 
of sustainability.

Sustainable supply 
Sustainable supply brings together the 
commitments of our ethical sustainable 
sourcing working group with relevant 
elements of logistics and distribution – 
namely, their objective to ensure our supply 
chain is robust so that goods always fl ow. 

Environmental responsibility
Our priorities for environmental 
responsibility are climate change, energy and 
waste. We aim to reduce our environmental 
footprint through various initiatives 
undertaken by the logistics and distribution 
and environmental working groups. 

Connecting with people 
Our people working group is committed 
to attracting, keeping and growing our 
employees; to delivering the service, 
standards and goods our customers expect 
and to making a positive contribution to 
local communities and national charities. 

Sustainability reporting 
Last year we committed to launching a 
dedicated website as our principal method 
of communication of sustainability issues. 
This site is now live at sustainability.
debenhamsplc.com. Following on from 
P2E, our sustainability website focuses 
on the three areas of sustainable supply, 
environmental responsibility and 
connecting with people. 

The aim of the website is to update 
stakeholders regularly with news about our 
sustainability progress as initiatives unfold 
during the year. The new site is also home 
to details of our sustainability approach, 
our policies and key performance data for 
the year. The following pages of this review 
aim to highlight the progress Debenhams 
has made on sustainability during 2012. 

Supply highlights 
The market has continued to be volatile in 
terms of costs of cotton and other materials, 
labour and shipping, but we were successful 
in ensuring the continued supply of goods 
during the year at the quality and value our 
customers expect. 

One trial that proved benefi cial was working 
directly with mills supplying cotton, denim 
and chinos. By consolidating orders across 
internal divisions, we were able to negotiate 
directly with mills to secure supplies at an 
acceptable cost to us and our suppliers. 

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Sustainability drivers
The material issues for Debenhams’ 
sustainability working groups derive from our 
risk register. Commercial drivers have always 
been paramount but wherever possible, we 
seek economically benefi cial measures with 
positive social and environmental impacts.

P2E
Our sustainability committee has been very 
active on both a practical and strategic level. 
While working on targets set for the year, 
we have also been developing a longer-term 
sustainability plan. We have now drawn 
up Debenhams’ “Plan to Endure” (P2E).

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  49 

Sustainability review continued

Ethical supply

Energy effi    ciency

 50  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Our close relationship with suppliers also 
ensured a sustained fl ow of goods from 
China that avoided unpredictable labour that 
traditionally follows the Chinese New Year 
holiday. We talked to our suppliers to gauge 
labour availability and understand how 
many workers they expected to return. 
By changing our critical path for menswear, 
womenswear and childrenswear we made 
sure our goods were produced earlier, 
which gave us a competitive advantage. 

In light of ongoing international shipping 
issues, Debenhams’ policy to take direct 
responsibility for shipping was also of 
strategic and commercial benefi t. Our high 
freight on board (“FOB”) policy delivers 
improved speed, cost and visibility further 
up the supply chain. We know instantly 
where and when problems occur and, 
where necessary, can switch supplies to 
another country to ensure continued supply. 

We used diff erent shipping lines to spread 
risk and improved logistics planning to 
achieve increased loads and greater cost 
eff ectiveness per container. We also achieved 
our lowest ever demurrage charges. 

Environmental progress
As well as complying with all mandatory 
requirements, we believe there is a very 
strong and valid business case for being 
environmentally responsible. Reducing 

our use of resources and our production 
of waste will result in lower overheads and 
improve our ability to endure economically. 
Our 2012 environmental activities have 
contributed towards this.

We participate in the UK government’s CRC 
Energy Effi  ciency Scheme and have been 
reporting greenhouse gas (“GHG”) emissions 
online to the Carbon Disclosure Project 
(“CDP”) for the past three years. Our latest 
CDP submission – for the year ended August 
2011 – shows that our overall emissions grew 
by 6%, while like-for-like emissions based on 
fl oorspace reduced by 2%. 

The increase in overall emissions is due to 
our increased scope and improved methods 
of reporting, including data for our operations 
in Denmark as well as new calculation 
methods. We reduced our like-for-like 
consumption of purchased energy through 
a combination of monitoring and targeting 
of store energy, staff  awareness, training 
and bonus incentives as well as technical 
support and energy effi  ciency investments. 

We appointed New Star Environmental as 
our new store waste contractor in March 
2012. New Star understands our business 
and the diff erent operational needs of our 
stores. On our behalf, they manage contracts 
with a number of regional suppliers to ensure 
the most fl exible and eco-effi  cient solutions 

Debenhams has been a member of the 
Ethical Trading Initiative (“ETI”) since 2001. 
All our suppliers must sign our Code of 
Conduct, based on the ETI Base Code. 
Every supplier and factory undergoes 
regular social, ethical and technical auditing. 
Our Code of Conduct lays out an number 
of labour rights principles, for example, that 
no child labour is used, no discrimination 
is practised, correct wages are paid and 
product safety standards are adhered to. 

SGS are our nominated global partner for 
social, ethical and technical audits. In 2012, 
the monitoring programme covered 99% 
of our total manufacturing base.

We have also continued with random 
unannounced visits, fi rst initiated in 2011. 
As well as monitoring compliance, we 
engage fi rst-hand with our manufacturers, 
giving us fi rst-hand insight into local social 
and economic pressures, how factories are 
responding and what we need to do to work 
collectively together for positive remediation.

Energy effi  ciency is a key component of our 
continuing store modernisation programme. 
We are investing a total of £1.2 million in 
lighting, heating, ventilation and air 
conditioning control projects which will 
reduce energy consumption while improving 
the store environment for customers.

We know that energy use increases when 
store modernisation is carried out overnight 
and we will carefully review energy 
consumption for all stores that have been 
modernised this year, but initial results 
are very encouraging. 

For example, trials replacing lights with 
energy effi  cient lamps in the Scarborough 
and White Rose stores achieved like-for-like 
savings of 37% and 31% respectively. 
Reducing the voltage in Swindon reduced 
energy consumption between 8 and 13% 
and saved £14,000. To date, such measures 
have saved nearly £400,000 on energy 
across the business and we are on track to 
see a full return on our investment within 
four years.

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

We now have a calendar of support for these 
charities that encourages individual stores 
to fundraise in their preferred style. Stores 
also have the freedom to support local 
causes during other times of the year. 

The Debenhams Foundation (number 
1147682) was formally registered with the 
Charity Commission on 13 June 2012. 
All funds raised for charity will go through 
the Foundation, providing improved 
transparency and accountability. Nikki 
Zamblera, HR Director, is chair of the trustees 
who include former Debenhams’ senior 
managers, Pat Skinner and Keith Markham.

Our future plans
During 2013 we plan to progress many 
initiatives that will contribute towards 
Debenhams’ sustainability goals. 

In supply, we will be undertaking trials for 
sourcing merchandise closer to home in 
Europe. We will also progress trials to ship 
merchandise directly from the country of 
manufacture to our international franchisees. 

We expect further improvements through 
our waste management contracts and to 
see environmental and economic benefi ts 
of our investments in store modernisation 
and our upgraded distribution fl eet. 

Our new employee and customer surveys 
should give us more relevant information 
about ways to improve people’s experience 
of Debenhams. We also look forward to 
our head offi  ce move in 2013.

Updates on all activities will be posted 
on our dedicated sustainability website: 
sustainability.debenhamsplc.com.

are available to us. A full year review will be 
carried out in April, but initial fi gures indicate 
that we are now sending far less to landfi ll, 
resulting in signifi cant fi nancial savings. 

Connecting with people 
Customers are at the heart of our decision 
making. Delivering on our customer promise 
relies on the commitment of our 30,000 
employees so we remain committed 
to attracting, retaining and growing 
the very best talent in the industry.

We created 168 new jobs during 2012 
through the opening of two new stores in 
Newbury and Dumfries. We also worked 
in partnership with Capita to open a new 
customer call centre in Leeds. 

We continued our policy to appoint the 
majority of store and head offi  ce managers 
internally. Over the 12 months to the 
end of September 2012, 89% of retail 
management appointments and 69% 
of senior executive appointments at 
head offi  ce were internal promotions. 

Debenhams Design Team remains the 
key vehicle for quantitative feedback from 
customers. 15,000 registered customers 
participate in regular surveys to provide 
opinions on initiatives such as advertising, 
branding, charity involvement and store 
modernisation. We use this feedback to 
infl uence decision making throughout 
the business. 

Our Customer Closeness programme has 
proved extremely valuable for qualitative 
feedback. Our Chief Executive Michael Sharp 
and other senior executives spend a day in 
store each quarter gaining insights directly 
from customers and non-customers. 

Our long tradition of connecting with local 
communities and supporting good causes 
became more strategic during 2012. Following 
feedback from our customers and employees, 
we have formed national partnerships with 
BBC Children in Need, NSPCC, Breakthrough 
Breast Cancer, Breast Cancer Campaign, 
Pink Ribbon Foundation and Movember. 

Customer confi  dence

Debenhams’ long-running Inclusivity 
Campaign was honoured with the 
Campaign for Body Confi dence Retail 
Award in April 2012. The judges believe the 
campaign “showcases imagery that is 
inspirational and realistic by using models 
who are older, curvier and visually disabled 
to inspire modern day British women”.

For us, using models, mannequins and 
photography that customers can identify 
with is about more than taking a socially 
responsible stance. Inclusivity is a business 

decision that makes commercial sense 
because it appeals to a wider audience.

Debenhams also supports the UK All-Party 
Parliamentary Group on Body Image; we are 
a signatory to the British Retail Consortium 
guidelines on responsible marketing to 
children and the Mumsnet Let Girls be 
Girls campaign. Campaigns like this are 
important for sustaining consumer trust 
and confi dence.

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  51 

Governance

This section explains the board’s 
approach to corporate governance 
and corporate responsibility.

Chairman’s introduction  p55
Board of directors  p56
Corporate governance report  p58
Directors’ report  p63
Remuneration report  p66

For more information go to 
ar12.debenhamsplc.com

 52  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  53 

Quick reference guide 
to the contents of the Governance section

 p55

 p56

 p58

 p58

 p55
 p56 to 57

 p59 & p64 
 p59

 Chairman’s introduction 
 Statement of compliance with the UK Corporate 
 p55
Governance Code 
 Re-election of directors 
 Board of directors 
 Principal committees of the board 
 Role of the board 
 The Chairman and Chief Executive 
 p59
 Senior Independent Director 
 p59
 Performance evaluation 
 Directors’ indemnities 
 Directors’ confl  icts of interest 
 p60
 Auditor independence 
 Relations with shareholders 
 Major shareholdings 
 Share capital 
 Annual General Meeting 
 Remuneration policy for executive directors 
 Summary of executive directors’ remuneration 
 Summary of bonus schemes 
 Remuneration of non-executive directors 
 p72
 Performance graph 
 Directors’ shareholdings 
 Directors’ emoluments 
 p74
 Pension 
 p74 
 Directors’ interests in share plans 
 Statement of directors’ responsibilities 
 p76
 Auditors’ report 

 p68 to 69

 p63 to 64

 p60

 p65

 p63

 p72

 p73

 p73

 p75

 p67

 p68

Committee letters

 Nomination Committee 
 p62
 Audit Committee 
 Remuneration Committee 

 p61

 p66

For more information go to 
ar12.debenhamsplc.com

 54  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

about on page 24) and, as one of the leading 
experts in his fi eld, we look forward to Peter’s 
contribution as a member of the board.

In accordance with the Listing Rules of the 
UK Listing Authority, I confi rm, on behalf 
of the Company, that throughout the year 
ended 1 September 2012 and as at the date 
of this Annual Report, it was compliant 
with all the relevant provisions as set out in 
the UK Corporate Governance Code issued 
by the Financial Reporting Council. 

As with last year, all the directors will submit 
themselves for re-election at the Annual 
General Meeting in January 2013. Peter 
Fitzgerald will stand for election having been 
appointed to the board on 4 October 2012. 
Biographies for the members of the board 
can be found on pages 56 and 57 of this 
Annual Report. 

Details of the Annual General Meeting itself 
are enclosed with this report. The board and 
I look forward to meeting with shareholders 
in January.

Nigel Northridge
Chairman

Chairman’s introduction to governance

Good governance is about 
responsible and eff  ective 
management of the 
business in a way which 
demonstrates honesty, 
transparency and 
accountability. 

Dear shareholder
On behalf of the board, I am pleased to 
present the Corporate Governance Report for 
the fi nancial year ended 1 September 2012.

At Debenhams we remain committed to 
high standards of corporate governance. 
We believe this is central to the continued 
strong performance of the Group in a manner 
which is sustainable over the long-term 
and to maintaining the confi dence of our 
shareholders. For us, good governance is 
about responsible and eff ective management 
of the business in a way which demonstrates 
honesty, transparency and accountability.

In this report we set out how the board and 
its committees are structured and what they 
have done during the year.

The board has the ultimate responsibility 
for the Group’s performance and for 
overseeing the management of risk. 
As such, it is right that shareholders look 
to us to promote the long-term success of 
Debenhams. As Chairman, it is my role to 
provide the leadership to enable the board 
to do this eff ectively. This year I therefore 
personally conducted the board evaluation 
process. You can fi nd more details on this 
process and its outcome on page 59 of this 
report and I confi rm that all of the directors 
continue to perform eff ectively and to 
demonstrate commitment to their roles. 

There have been several changes to the 
board composition over the past year. 
Most notably, Michael Sharp was appointed 
Chief Executive on 4 September 2011. Simon 
Herrick took up the role of Chief Financial 
Offi  cer on 10 January 2012, replacing Chris 
Woodhouse. Adam Crozier stepped down 
from the board on 1 September 2012. 

Subsequent to the year end, on 4 October 
2012 we announced the appointment of 
Peter Fitzgerald as a non-executive director. 
Peter has a wealth of experience in helping 
retail businesses to realise their online 
ambitions with acknowledged industry-
leaders Amazon and Google. Growing our 
multi-channel business is a crucial part of 
Debenhams’ strategy (which you can read 

Management structure

Michael Sharp
Chief Executive

Simon Herrick
Chief Financial Officer

Suzanne Harlow
Group Trading Director

Mike Goring
Retail Director

Richard Cristofoli
Marketing Director

Nikki Zamblera
HR Director

Financial reporting and 
management, tax, treasury,
legal, internal audit, investor 
relations, systems and logistics

Design, buying, merchandising,
distribution, sourcing, supply 
chain and external business

UK and international store 
operations and store 
development

Product marketing, advertising,
PR, visual and creative, strategy 
and insight

Pay & reward, learning & 
development, pensions 
and facilities

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  55 

Board of directors

Composition of the board

Directors 
Executive 
Non-executive 

No.
2
6

Length of tenure 
of directors

Directors 
Less than one year 
One to three years 
Three to six years 
More than six years 

No.
2
2
2
2

Committees

Nomination Committee

The Nomination Committee is responsible for 
board recruitment and succession planning, 
thereby ensuring that the right skill sets are 
present in the boardroom.

Remuneration Committee

The Remuneration Committee is responsible 
for determining all elements of remuneration 
for the executive directors and for reviewing 
the appropriateness and relevance of the 
Group’s remuneration policy. 

Audit Committee

The Committee’s primary responsibilities are 
to monitor the integrity of the Group’s financial 
statements, to review external and internal audit 
activity and to review and monitor the effectiveness 
of risk management and internal controls.

Sustainability committee

Although not a formal board committee, the 
sustainability committee was created by order 
of the board to ensure the Group’s activities 
promote the interests of all its stakeholders. 

 56  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Nigel Northridge (56)
Term of offi    ce Chairman since April 
2010 following appointment as a member 
of the board in January 2010
Experience Nigel Northridge is currently 
Chairman of Paddy Power plc and a 
non-executive director of Inchcape plc. 
He also chairs the remuneration 
committee at Inchcape plc. Previously 
he was senior independent director of 
Aggreko plc, chief executive of Gallaher 
Group plc and a non-executive director 
of Thomas Cook Group plc.
Committee membership
Nomination (chairman), Remuneration
Other directorships
Paddy Power plc
Inchcape plc

Michael Sharp (55)
Term of offi    ce Chief Executive of 
Debenhams plc since September 2011, 
Deputy Chief Executive from November 
2008 and Chief Operating Offi  cer from 
May 2006
Experience From 1997 to 2004, 
Michael Sharp was Trading Director of 
Debenhams Limited and from January 
2004 to May 2006 he was its Chief 
Operating Offi  cer. He previously worked 
in various capacities within the Burton 
Group, including as Managing Director 
of Principles and Racing Green and 
Buying and Merchandising Director 
of Topshop and Topman.
Committee membership 
None
Other directorships 
None

Simon Herrick ACA (49)
Term of offi    ce Chief Financial Offi  cer 
since January 2012 following 
appointment as a member of the board 
in November 2011
Experience Simon Herrick was formerly 
Group Finance Director and subsequently 
Acting Chief Executive Offi  cer of 
Northern Foods PLC. He is a former 
Finance Director of Kesa Electricals PLC 
and PA Consulting. He has also held 
senior roles at Regus PLC, Hays PLC 
and PepsiCo. 
Committee membership 
None
Other directorships 
None

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Peter Fitzgerald (42)
Term of offi    ce Independent non-
executive director since October 2012
Experience Peter Fitzgerald is Country 
Sales Director for Google UK/Eire having 
worked for that business since 2007, 
predominantly with retail business 
clients. Previously he worked for Amazon 
both in Europe and the USA.
Committee membership
Audit
Other directorships
None

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  57 

Dennis Millard CA (SA) (63)
Term of offi    ce Senior Independent 
Director since May 2010 following 
appointment as an independent 
non-executive director in May 2006
Experience Dennis Millard is currently 
Chairman of Halfords Group plc having 
acted as interim Executive Chairman 
from July to October 2012. He is also 
Chairman of Smiths News plc and a 
non-executive director of Premier Farnell 
plc. His former appointments include 
Group Finance Director of Cookson Group 
plc and non-executive director of Exel plc, 
Arc International and EAG Ltd and 
Xchanging PLC. 
Committee membership 
Remuneration (chairman), 
Nomination, Audit
Other directorships
Halfords Group plc
Premier Farnell plc
Smiths News plc

Martina King (51)
Term of offi    ce Independent non-
executive director since August 2009
Experience Former Managing Director 
of Aurasma, Martina King has an 
extensive career in media technology. 
Her previous roles include Managing 
Director of Capital Radio and Managing 
Director for Europe at Yahoo! where she 
rebuilt the UK and Ireland business after 
the dot com collapse and subsequently 
led the rebuilding of the European 
division. Ms King is also a non-executive 
director of Capita plc and Cineworld plc.
Committee membership 
Remuneration, Nomination, Audit, 
chair of sustainability committee 
(a committee of the board)
Other directorships
Capita plc
Cineworld plc

Mark Rolfe FCA (53)
Term of offi    ce Independent non-
executive director since October 2010
Experience Mark Rolfe is currently 
a non-executive director of Barratt 
Developments plc, Hornby plc and 
The Sage Group plc. He is also Chairman 
of Lane, Clark & Peacock LLP. Mr Rolfe 
previously worked in various fi nance 
and executive roles within Gallaher 
Group plc including as Finance Director 
for seven years until the company was 
acquired in 2007. 
Committee membership 
Remuneration, Nomination, 
Audit (chairman)
Other directorships
Barratt Developments plc
Hornby plc
The Sage Group plc

Sophie Turner Laing (52)
Term of offi    ce Independent non-
executive director since August 2009
Experience Sophie Turner Laing 
is currently Managing Director, 
Entertainment, News and Broadcast 
Operations at British Sky Broadcasting 
Group plc and on the board of AETN 
UK and NGC Network International LLC. 
In addition, she is Vice President of BAFTA 
and a trustee of The Media Trust and 
the National Film and TV School. 
Her previous roles include Controller, 
Programme Acquisition at the BBC and 
Vice-President, Broadcasting at Flextech 
(now Virgin Media Television). Ms Turner 
Laing was also Co-founder and Managing 
Director of HIT Entertainment.
Committee membership 
Remuneration, Nomination, Audit
Other directorships
AETN UK
NGC Network International LLC

Corporate governance report

Gender ratios

Main board 
Male 
Female 

No. 
6
2

Executive committee 
Male 
Female 

No.
4
2

Senior management team  No.
65
Male 
50
Female 

Role of the board 
The board of Debenhams is collectively 
responsible for the long-term success of 
the Company and is ultimately accountable 
for the Group’s strategy, risk management 
and performance.

Following the retirement of Adam Crozier 
from the board on 1 September 2012, at the 
end of the year the board of Debenhams plc 
comprised the non-executive Chairman, 
two executive directors and four independent 
non-executive directors. Peter Fitzgerald 
was subsequently appointed as an 
independent non-executive director 
on 4 October 2012. Dennis Millard 
is the Senior Independent Director. 

Debenhams has 25% female representation 
on the board. Women account for one third 
of the executive committee and 43% of the 
senior management team.

The board held fi ve meetings during 2012 
which were fully attended by all the board 
members apart from the meeting on 12 April 
2012 which Adam Crozier was unable to 
attend due to a schedule clash. In addition to 
the directors, board meetings were attended 
by the Retail Director, the HR Director, 
the Group Trading Director, the Marketing 
Director and the Company Secretary. The 
board also held its annual off -site meeting 
in February to consider the Company’s 
strategy. No individual or small group of 
individuals dominates the board’s decision-
making process.

In accordance with the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, there is a formal schedule 
of matters reserved for the board’s decision 
which is monitored by the Company 
Secretary and reviewed annually by the board. 
Specifi c matters reserved for the board’s 
consideration include: the approval of the 
Company’s business model and strategy; 
determination of the level of risk the Company 

is willing to take in achieving the Company’s 
strategic and operational plans, approval of 
the Company’s Financial Statements; major 
capital expenditure; major acquisitions and 
disposals; approval of changes to governance 
and business policies; and a review of the 
eff ectiveness of the board and its committees. 
The board delegates the operational decisions 
for the implementation of these matters to 
the Company’s management. 

Reports from the executive directors are 
circulated in advance of each board meeting 
and they focus on major operational matters. 
Reports are also produced by specialists on 
general and Company business areas and 
by other executives and external advisers 
on key business areas. Various sectors of the 
business present to the board on a rotating 
basis. During last year these overviews were 
presented by menswear, womenswear, 
home and childrenswear. In 2012 other 
matters considered by the board included 
presentations from marketing and PR, 
investor relations, taxation, health and safety, 
human resources, approval of the annual 
budget and the fi ve year plan, assessment 
of the corporate risk map and a review of 
governance issues aff ecting the Company. 

The Chairman and the Chief Executive
There are clear divisions of responsibilities 
between the Chairman and the Chief 
Executive and these are set out in writing 
and agreed by the board. 

The main responsibility of the Chairman is 
the eff ective running of the board, ensuring 
that the board as a whole plays a full and 
constructive part in the development and 
determination of the Company’s strategy and 
its overall commercial objectives. He ensures 
that the board determines the nature and 
extent of the signifi cant risks the Company is 
willing to embrace in the implementation of 
its strategy. The Chairman is responsible for 
promoting the highest standards of integrity, 

Board activity throughout the year

1
1
0
2
r
e
b
m
e
t
p
e
S

1
1
0
2
r
e
b
o
t
c
O

2
1
0
2
y
r
a
u
n
a
J

2
1
0
2
y
r
a
u
r
b
e
F

Received an update on 
Health and Safety within 
the business

Approved budget for 
fi nancial year

Received an overview of 
menswear performance

Approved full year results, 
report and accounts and 
recommended the fi nal 
dividend

Received an overview 
of womenswear 
performance

Met with shareholders 
at the Annual General 
Meeting

Annual Strategy Meeting

2
1
0
2
l
i
r
p
A

2
1
0
2
e
n
u
J

Received an overview 
of childrenswear 
performance

Received an overview of 
home performance

Review of fi ve year plan

Approval of interim 
results and resolved to 
pay interim dividend

Reviewed the annual 
performance evaluation 
of the board and its 
committees

Debated and approved 
the Corporate Risk Map

 58  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
probity and corporate governance 
throughout the Company. The Chairman 
also manages the relationship and 
communication with the shareholders of 
the Company in relation to any governance 
matters. He takes the lead on issues of 
director development through induction 
programmes and regular reviews. By 
chairing the Nomination Committee he 
regularly considers succession planning 
and the composition of the board. 

The Chairman sets the board agenda. 
Together with the Company Secretary, he 
ensures that the members of the board and 
its committees receive clear, comprehensive, 
up-to-date and timely information so that 
there can be thorough consideration of the 
issues prior to, and informed debate and 
challenge, at board and committee meetings. 
Where directors have not been able to attend 
meetings due to confl icts in their schedule, 
they receive and read the papers for 
consideration at that meeting, relaying any 
comments to the Chairman in advance 
of the meeting where possible. 

The Chief Executive is responsible for all 
executive management matters aff ecting the 
Company. His principal responsibility is the 
day-to-day running of the Company business 
and the achievement of the agreed strategic 
objectives. The management structure of 
the Company under the Chief Executive’s 
leadership is shown on page 55.

The Company Secretary
The Company Secretary reports to the 
Chairman on all board governance matters. 
All directors have access to the services of the 
Company Secretary and may take independent 
professional advice at the Company’s 
expense in conducting their duties.

Indemnifi  cation of directors
Qualifying third party indemnity provisions 
(as defi ned in section 234 of the Companies 
Act 2006) are in force for the benefi t of the 
directors who held offi  ce during the year. 
The Company also provides insurance cover 
for its directors. 

Directors’ confl  icts of interest
The Nomination Committee annually 
reviews and considers the interests and other 
external appointments held by the members 
of the board . All confl icts declared were 
approved at its meeting in September 2012. 
The directors have a continuing duty to 
inform the board of any potential confl icts 
immediately so that such confl icts may 
be considered and if authorised included 
within the register of confl icts. 

The Senior Independent Director
Dennis Millard provides a sounding board for 
the Chairman and serves as an intermediary 
for the other directors as necessary. The 
Senior Independent Director also acts as 
a line of contact for shareholders if they 
have concerns which are not appropriate 
for discussion through the Chairman, 
Chief Executive or Chief Financial Offi  cer.

Length of service for each non-executive director

Name
Nigel Northridge
Peter Fitzgerald
Martina King
Dennis Millard
Mark Rolfe
Sophie Turner Laing

Date of appointment
1 January 2010
4 October 2012
1 August 2009
9 May 2006
1 October 2010
1 August 2009

Date of last re-election by
shareholders
10 January 2012
n/a
10 January 2012
10 January 2012
10 January 2012
10 January 2012

Current length of 
service as a non-
executive director 
at year end
2 years 8 months
n/a
3 years 1 month
6 years 4 months
1 year 11 months
3 years 1 month

Chairman’s responsibilities

Chief Executive’s responsibilities

•  Leading the board, ensuring the 

directors receive accurate and timely 
information to enable debate and high 
quality decision making

•  Promoting high standards 
of corporate governance

•  Accountable to shareholders for the 

eff ectiveness of the board

•  Ensuring, as Chairman of the 

Nomination Committee, that there are 
board succession plans in place in order 
to retain and build an eff ective and 
complementary board

•  Developing business strategies 
and commercial objectives for 
board approval

•  Successfully implementing the 

business strategy

•  Regularly updating the board on 
progress against approved plans

•  Ensuring that the Executive Committee 

complies with all business policies, 
delegated authorities and regulations in 
achieving the objectives of the business

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Non-executive directors
All the non-executive directors are considered 
by the board to be independent and free 
from any relationship or circumstances that 
could aff ect their independent judgement. 
They have a wide range of skills and 
experience and provide constructive 
challenge in the boardroom.

The table below details the length of service 
for each non-executive director.

The letters of appointment for the non-
executive directors set out the time 
commitment expected to be necessary for 
the performance of their duties. Routinely, 
the expected number of days required for 
each non-executive director is ten days.

Debenhams plc recognises that the 
non-executive directors have other business 
interests outside of the Company and that 
other directorships bring benefi ts to the 
board. All existing directorships are detailed 
within the director biographies on pages 56 
and 57. Non-executive directors are required 
to obtain the approval of the Chairman 
before accepting any further appointments. 

Performance evaluation
In 2011 the performance evaluation was 
facilitated by Lintstock Ltd. This year an 
evaluation of the performance of the board, 
its committees, the individual directors and 
the Chairman was conducted internally. This 
was led by the Chairman who interviewed all 
board members individually and discussed 
the results collectively with the board. The 
conclusion was that the board is operating 
eff ectively with plenty of energy around the 
table. The overviews presented to the board 
by the various parts of the business are 
proving extremely valuable. The board 
agreed to focus on further rationalisation 
of materials it receives. In addition, the 
non-executive directors evaluated the 
Chairman’s performance at a meeting 
chaired by the Senior Independent Director. 

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  59 

Corporate governance report continued

Board committees
The board committees are the Audit, 
Remuneration and Nomination Committees. 
The terms of reference (which are reviewed 
annually) of each committee can be found 
at www.debenhamsplc.com. The members 
and the role of each committee are disclosed 
on pages 56 and 57 of this report.

In 2011 the board formed the sustainability 
committee, a committee of the board 
whose aim is to embed the corporate social 
responsibility of the business within its 
operations. The sustainability committee 
is chaired by Martina King and its members 
are employees whose roles within the 
business fall within four key work streams, 
namely sustainable sourcing, environment, 
logistics & distribution and people. Further 
information on the role, operation and 
achievements of that committee can be 
found on pages 48 to 51 and on our dedicated 
website sustainability.debenhamsplc.com.

Share capital and control
Information which the directors are required 
to provide pursuant to section 992 of the 
Companies Act 2006 can be found on pages 
63 and 64 of the Directors’ Report. 

Auditor independence 
In order to ensure that an appropriate 
relationship is maintained with the external 
auditors, a policy on auditor independence 
has been established and is regularly 
reviewed. This covers matters such as that 
auditors and their staff  should have no family, 
fi nancial, employment, investment or 
business relationship with the Company, 
the employment by the Company of former 
audit employees, the rotation of audit 
partners and the provision of non-audit 
services. The Audit Committee makes 
recommendations to the full board in respect 
of re-appointment annually of the auditors 
and the board then ensures that this is 
included on the notice for the Annual 
General Meeting. As regards the risk of the 
external auditors’ withdrawal from the 
market, the Company considers that there 
are suffi  cient other auditors in the market 
place should this situation ever arise.

The objective of the Audit Committee’s policy 
in relation to the provision of non-audit 
services by the auditors is to ensure that the 
provision of such services does not impair the 
external auditors’ independence or objectivity. 
An independent report is produced by the 
Debenhams fi nance team each quarter during 
the year detailing all non-audit work, its cost, 
when it was carried out and who instructed 
it. This information is reported to the Audit 
Committee at each meeting. 

The Company’s policy identifi es three 
categories of accounting services. The fi rst 
category is audit-related services which the 
auditors are permitted to provide. The second 
category is prohibited services which the 
auditors are not permitted to provide. 
Prohibited services are those which might 
result in the external auditors auditing their 
own work or making management decisions 
for the Company and those where some 
mutuality of interest is created or where the 
external auditors are put in the role of 
advocate for the Company. The third category 
is “potential” services which the auditors may, 
in certain circumstances, provide subject to 
compliance with the independence policy. 
These services include tax advisory services 
or services where the auditors are acting as 
the Company’s reporting accountant.

£0.1 million was paid by the Company to 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for non-audit 
services in respect of advisory services. 
The audit fees paid by the pension schemes 
were £38,000. 

Relations with shareholders 
The board is responsible for ensuring that the 
Company maintains a satisfactory dialogue 
with shareholders. The Chairman and the 
Senior Independent Director are always 
available to major shareholders. Formal 
trading updates are given to the market 
on six occasions during the year. Following 
each of these announcements, conference 
calls are held with shareholders and analysts 
and after the full year and interim results 
a presentation is made to the shareholders 
and analysts. Analysts or brokers’ briefi ngs 
are circulated to the board. 

A programme of meetings and conference 
calls is organised at appropriate times during 
the year at which the Chief Executive, 
Chief Financial Offi  cer and Director of 
Investor Relations discuss Company 
performance and respond to any issues 
raised by shareholders. During 2012 such 
meetings were held in the UK, France, 
Germany, Spain, Denmark, Sweden, 
Switzerland and the USA. 

A series of events is being held to provide 
shareholders with a greater understanding 
of each of the four pillars of the strategy.

Formal feedback from shareholders is sought 
through an independently conducted 
shareholder perception study which this 
year took place in February 2012. The results 
of this study were presented to the board.

 60  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Nomination Committee:
Main activities during the year

•  Conducted a review of the board size 

and composition and the composition 
of the committees of the board following 
the new executive director appointment 
and the resignation of an existing 
non-executive director 

•  Reviewed the time commitment and 
length of service of the Chairman and 
each non-executive director

•  Monitored directors’ confl icts of interest

•  Members participated in an annual 

board evaluation

•  Reviewed its terms of reference

Nomination Committee 

Dear shareholder 

Martina King, Dennis Millard, Mark Rolfe, Sophie Turner Laing and I form your 
Company’s Nomination Committee. Other individuals including the Chief 
Executive, the HR Director and external advisors may be invited to attend for 
all or part of any meeting, as and when appropriate. The Company Secretary also 
attends meetings in his capacity as Secretary of the Committee. The Committee 
met twice formally during the year.

This year we have seen several changes to our board composition. Michael Sharp took over 
leadership of the business in September 2011, Simon Herrick assumed the position of Chief 
Financial Offi  cer in January this year following the departure of Chris Woodhouse, our 
former Finance Director, and Adam Crozier stepped down from the board on 1 September 
2012 having served just over six years as an independent non-executive director.

The recruitment process for the appointment of Simon Herrick was facilitated by external 
search consultants Egon Zehnder. They identifi ed possible candidates for the position and 
provided a shortlist for consideration by the Nomination Committee. These candidates 
met with the majority of the board members before a recommendation was made by the 
Committee. Both in its recruitment and succession planning processes, the Committee 
takes into account the board size, structure and composition having regard to the balance 
of skills, knowledge, experience and diversity of psychological type, background and 
gender so as to ensure that the board is not composed of solely like-minded individuals. 

The Committee’s key focus this year has therefore been on succession planning to ensure 
that the right skill sets are present in the boardroom to support the Chief Executive’s 
strategic plan.

As last year, in line with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Nomination Committee 
is recommending that all the directors of the Company stand for re-election at the next 
Annual General Meeting. 

Nigel Northridge
Chairman, Nomination Committee

Directors 
Nigel Northridge 
(Committee chairman) Chairman

Position 

Adam Crozier (resigned 
1 September 2012)
Martina King
Dennis Millard
Mark Rolfe
Sophie Turner Laing

Independent non-executive director 
Independent non-executive director 
Senior independent director 
Independent non-executive director 
Independent non-executive director 

Number of meetings held
and attended during the year

2/2

2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2
2/2

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  61 

Corporate governance report continued

Audit Committee 

Dear shareholder

As the new chairman of the Audit Committee, I am joined by Martina King, 
Dennis Millard and Sophie Turner Laing to form your Company’s Audit Committee. 

The meetings of the Audit Committee are also attended by the Chairman, the Chief 
Financial Offi  cer, the Director of Internal Audit and Risk Management and the external 
auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. The Treasurer and the Head of Tax make an 
annual presentation to the Committee. The Company Secretary attends all meetings in 
his capacity as Secretary of the Committee but also reports on any material litigation and 
corporate governance issues. The business experience of the members of the Committee 
is enhanced by the considerable fi nancial and accounting experience of Dennis Millard 
and by my own fi nancial and accounting background.

The Committee met three times during the year and also met with the Company’s 
auditors and the Director of Internal Audit and Risk Management privately without any 
management being present. After each meeting, the chairman reports to the board on 
the matters discussed, on recommendations and on actions to be taken.

Our responsibilities
The Audit Committee’s primary responsibilities are to monitor the integrity of Financial 
Statements (including any related information presented with the Financial Statements) 
and any formal announcements relating to the Company’s fi nancial performance, 
to review any changes in accounting principles and consider the appropriateness of 
accounting policies adopted by the Company, to review the Group’s internal and external 
audit activity and to review and monitor the eff ectiveness of the risk management and 
internal control systems within the business. 

External auditors’ appointment
The Committee has primary responsibility for making a recommendation to shareholders 
on the appointment, re-appointment and removal of the external auditors by annually 
assessing the expertise, resources and independence of the external auditors and the 
eff ectiveness of the audit process. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has served as auditors 
of the Company since fl otation in May 2006, with their performance being reviewed 
annually. Having considered the external auditors’ performance, resources, independence 
and objectivity, the Committee has recommended to the board the re-election of the 
auditors for 2013.

The external auditors are required to rotate the audit engagement partner every 
fi ve years. The current audit partner commenced his engagement in August 2009. 
The external auditor independence policy sets out the guidelines for engaging 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to provide non-audit services and a report is provided 
to each Committee meeting detailing the services and fees for all non-audit services 
for consideration by the Committee. 

Mark Rolfe
Chairman, Audit Committee

Directors 
Mark Rolfe (appointed Committee 
Chairman on 1 September 2012)
Adam Crozier 
(resigned 1 September 2012)
Peter Fitzgerald

Martina King

Dennis Millard (resigned as Committee 
Chairman on 1 September 2012)
Sophie Turner Laing

Position 
Independent non-
executive director
Independent non-
executive director
Independent non-
executive director
Independent non-
executive director
Senior independent 
director
Independent non-
executive director

Number of meetings held
and attended during the year
3/3

2/3

0/0

3/3

3/3

3/3

Audit Committee:
Main activities during the year

•  Reviewed all Financial Statements 

released by the Company 

•  Monitored the eff ectiveness of the 
system of internal controls and risk 
management

•  Created a business continuity 

committee

•  Approved the internal audit plan

•  Approved the external auditors’ 

plan and fees

•  Reviewed its terms of reference

 62  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Directors’ report

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Principal activities
Debenhams is a leading international, 
multi-channel brand which traded from 
239 stores across 28 countries at the end 
of 2012. Of these, Debenhams owns 
171 stores with a combined trading space of 
c.12.5 million sq ft. The brand is also available 
online in 67 countries. Customers can also 
shop through mobile devices, catalogues 
and by telephone. Debenhams gives its 
customers a unique, diff erentiated and 
exclusive mix of own brands, international 
brands and concessions.

A detailed review of the business of the 
Group during the fi nancial year ended 
1 September 2012, including an analysis of 
the position of the Group at the end of the 
fi nancial year, the trends and factors likely to 
aff ect the future development, performance 
and position of the business and a description 
of the principal risks and uncertainties the 
Group faces constitutes the business review 
and are therefore incorporated into this 
report by reference. Information about 
environmental matters, employees and 
social and community issues appear on 
pages 48 to 51 and on the Company’s 
dedicated sustainability website 
sustainability.debenhamsplc.com.

 Any liability is restricted to the extent 
prescribed by the Companies Act 2006. 

Events since the year end
Since the year end Debenhams has:

•  Appointed Peter Fitzgerald as an 

independent non-executive director

•  Opened a store in Chesterfi eld
•  Opened international franchise stores 
in Indonesia, Georgia and Abu Dhabi

Profi  t and dividends
The profi t after tax for the fi nancial year 
ending 1 September 2012 was £125.3 million 
(2011: £117.2 million). The directors 
recommend the payment of a fi nal dividend 
of 2.3 pence per ordinary share, to be paid on 
11 January 2013 to members on the register 
at the close of business on 7 December 2012. 
This, together with the interim dividend of 
1.0 pence per share paid in July, gives a full 
year dividend of 3.3 pence per share. 

Share buy-back programme
The Company announced on 20 October 
2011 that it intended to return funds to 
shareholders through a programme of share 
repurchases once leverage neared 1.0 times 
EBITDA. At the January 2012 Annual General 
Meeting shareholders authorised the 
Company to purchase up to 128,680,629 
ordinary shares in the market. On 24 April 
2012 a share repurchase programme 
commenced and in the period 24 April 2012 
to 7 August 2012, 23.6 million ordinary shares 
of 0.01p each were purchased at a cost of 
£20.1 million. All shares purchased by the 
Company are currently held as treasury 
shares. Approval will be sought from 
shareholders at the forthcoming Annual 
General Meeting to renew the annual 
authority to purchase its own shares. 
It is the board’s intention to purchase up to 
£40 million of shares in the next 12 months.

Share capital and control
The issued share capital of the Company and 
the number of shares held in treasury as at 
1 September 2012 are shown in note 27 to the 
Financial Statements on page 112. In addition 
to the shares trading on the London Stock 
Exchange, the Company operates a Level 1 

Interests in voting rights
In accordance with Listing Rule 9.8.6(2), the following investor interests have been disclosed 
to the Company pursuant to the Disclosure and Transparency Rules: 

As at 1 September 2012:

Shareholder
Schroders plc
Bestinver Gestion, S.A. SGIIC
Milestone Resources Group Ltd
Morton Holdings , Inc
Legal & General Group plc

Number of shares 
176,142,956
114,142,577
89,183,155
52,196,706
42,075,474

% of issued share capital
(excluding shares held as
treasury shares)
13.9
9.0
7.1
4.1
3.3

The following notifi  cations have been received during the period 
1 September 2012 to 19 October 2012:

Date of notifi  cation
24 September 2012 Delta Lloyd N.V. 
9 October 2012

Shareholder

Bestinver Gestion 
S.A., SGIIC

Number of shares
38,221,087
61,554,348

% of issued share capital
(excluding shares held as
treasury shares)
3.03
4.87

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  63 

Directors’ report continued

 64  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

ADR programme. Each ADS represents four 
ordinary shares of 0.01p each.

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to 
exercise voting rights, to receive dividends 
when declared, to receive all shareholder 
communications and to attend and speak 
at general meetings of the Company. All 
the shares rank pari passu. These rights and 
the obligations attaching to the Company’s 
ordinary shares, in addition to those 
conferred on their holders by law, are set out 
in the Company’s Articles of Association, 
a copy of which can be obtained by writing 
to the Company Secretary. The Debenhams 
Retail Employee Trust 2004 (the “Trust”) 
holds 1,068,301 ordinary shares in the 
Company (0.08%). Of those shares, 344,765 
shares relate to invested shares held by the 
Trust on behalf of the participants of the 
Deferred Bonus Matching Plan who instruct 
voting rights in relation to those shares. Any 
voting or other similar decisions relating to 
the balance of shares held by the Trust is 
taken by the trustees, who may take account 
of any recommendations of the Company.

There are no signifi cant agreements to which 
the Company is a party which take eff ect, alter 
or terminate in the event of change of control 
of the Company except that the supplier 
agreements with certain major cosmetic 
suppliers contain termination provisions 
on change of control and the multicurrency 
credit facility dated 16 July 2010 (as amended 
by supplemental agreement dated 13 July 
2011) contains mandatory prepayment. 
There are no agreements providing for 
compensation for directors or employees 
on change of control. Details concerning the 
impact on share options and share awards 
held by directors or employees in the event 
of a change of control are set out on page 71 
of the remuneration report.

Essential contracts
Debenhams has contractual arrangements 
with many organisations, but no one contract 
is so material as to be essential to our 
business, with the exception of the 
warehouse operators.

Board of directors
The membership of the board and 
biographical details of the directors are given 
on pages 56 to 57. The rules governing the 
appointment and replacement of the board 
members are set out in the Company’s 
Articles of Association.

Directors’ indemnities
In addition to the indemnity provisions in 
their Articles of Association, the Company 
and other Group companies have entered 
into a direct indemnity agreement with 
each of the directors and certain other 
offi  cers or senior employees of the Group. 

The Company also maintains directors’ and 
offi  cers’ liability insurance which gives 
appropriate cover for any legal action brought 
against its directors and offi  cers.

Directors’ interests
The benefi cial and non-benefi cial interests 
of the directors and their connected persons 
in the shares of the Company are shown on 
page 73 of the remuneration report. Their 
interests in options and awards over shares 
in the Company are shown on page 74 of 
the same report.

No director had, during or at the end 
of the year, any material interest in any 
contract of signifi cance in relation to 
the Group’s business.

Employees
Business information and key messages are 
cascaded to all employees throughout the 
business via personal briefi ngs and email. 
Briefi ngs are also held by the Chief Executive 
and members of the board to update 
employees on the performance of the 
Company and the Company’s strategy. 
The Employee Consultation Forum, which 
is attended by elected representatives from 
stores and head offi  ce, is another medium 
by which employees receive information 
on the Company as well as giving employees 
the opportunity to be consulted on certain 
activities of the business.

Debenhams is committed to ensuring that 
employees or applicants for employment 
are treated equally regardless of gender, race, 
ethic or national origin, religious, political 
or philosophical beliefs, disability, marital 
or civil partnership status, sexual orientation, 
gender reassignment and age. Through our 
equal opportunities policy we aim to create 
an environment that off ers all employees 
the chance to use their skills and talent.

As part of the Company’s policy on equality 
of opportunity, decisions on recruitment, 
training, promotion, pay, terms and 
conditions and leavers are based solely on 
objective, job-related criteria and personal 
competence and performance. The 
Company seeks wherever possible to make 
reasonable adjustments to ensure that an 
employee who becomes disabled during the 
course of his or her employment is able to 
continue working eff ectively. This includes: 
providing equipment or altering working 
arrangements; providing additional training; 
reallocating on a temporary or permanent 
basis some of the employee’s duties to other 
members of staff ; transferring the employee 
to a suitable alternative role; and adjusting 
working times. Any such adjustment will be 
monitored and reviewed on a regular basis 
to ensure it continues to be eff ective.

Corporate Governance Statement
In accordance with the Financial Services 
Authority’s Disclosure and Transparency 
Rule (“DTR”) 7.2.1, the disclosures required 
by DTR 7.2.2R to DTR 7.2.7 and DTR 7.2.10 
are within the Chairman’s introduction 
to governance on page 55, the Corporate 
governance report on pages 58 to 62 and risk 
review on pages 39 to 45 and are therefore 
incorporated into this report by reference.

Disclosure of information to auditors
Each of the directors of the Company at 
the time when the Directors’ Report was 
approved confi rms that:

a)  so far as the director is aware, there is no 
information needed by the Company’s 
auditors in connection with preparing their 
report of which the Company’s auditors 
are unaware

b)  s/he has taken all the steps that s/he ought 
to have taken as a director in order to make 
herself or himself aware of any information 
needed by the Company’s auditors in 
connection with preparing the report and 
to establish that the Company’s auditors 
are aware of that information.

Auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP have indicated 
their willingness to continue in offi  ce and a 
resolution dealing with their re-appointment 
as auditors of the Company will be proposed 
at the forthcoming Annual General Meeting.

Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting of Debenhams 
plc will be held at No.11 Cavendish Square, 
London W1G 0AN on Tuesday 8 January 
2013 at 2.00pm. The Notice is given, together 
with explanatory notes, in the booklet which 
accompanies this report.

By order of the board

Paul Eardley, Company Secretary
25 October 2012

Payment of suppliers 
It is the Company’s policy to pay suppliers 
in accordance with the agreed payment 
terms provided that the invoice is properly 
presented and not subject to dispute.

The ratio, expressed in days, between the 
amounts owed by the Company to trade 
creditors at the end of the year and the 
amounts invoiced by suppliers in the 
fi nancial year ended 1 September 2012 was 
nil days (2011: nil days). The ratio, expressed 
in days between the amounts owed by the 
Group to trade creditors and the amount 
invoiced by suppliers in the fi nancial year 
ended 1 September 2012 was 59 days (2011: 
60 days).

Financial instruments
Debenhams does not enter into fi nancial 
instruments for speculative trade. Details 
of fi nancial instruments entered into for 
underlying risks are set out in note 22 on 
page  105.

Political donations
There were no disclosable expenses made 
during the fi nancial year which fall within 
the defi nition of a political donation 
under the Political Parties, Elections and 
Referendums Act 2000. It is the Group’s 
policy not to make donations to political 
organisations or independent election 
candidates or incur political expenditure. 

Charitable giving 
During the year the Group made charitable 
donations totalling £0.75 million (2011: 
£1.1 million). The Company supports various 
charities. Key donations made during the 
year were £178,144 to the NSPCC, £112,684 
to the Breast Cancer Campaign, £77,071 to 
the Estée Lauder MAC Aids campaign and 
£53,842 to the Marine Conservation Society. 
Following the incorporation of the 
Debenhams Foundation in March 2012, 
future funds raised for charity will go 
through the foundation.

Going concern
After making enquiries, the directors 
consider that the Group has adequate 
resources to continue in operation for the 
foreseeable future. For this reason and in 
accordance with the Going Concern and 
Liquidity Risk Guidance for Directors of UK 
Companies 2009, published by the FRC in 
October 2009, the directors have adopted the 
going concern basis in preparing the 
Financial Statements.

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  65 

Remuneration report

Remuneration Committee:
Main activities during the year

•  Reviewed the executive remuneration 

strategy for 2013

•  Approved the executive directors’ 

bonuses for 2012

•  Approved the executive directors’ 

bonus plan for 2013

•  Approved share awards and vesting 

of awards

•  Reviewed remuneration benchmarking

•  Reviewed its terms of reference

 66  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Dear shareholder

As the new chairman of the Remuneration Committee, I am pleased to present 
our remuneration report for 2012, for which we will be seeking your approval at 
our Annual General Meeting in January 2013.

As outlined earlier in this Annual Report, performance this year has been strong. We 
have made excellent progress against our strategic goals, improving the store format and 
customer experience, expanding product selection, increasing market share in our major 
categories, improving our multi-channel off ering and expanding the brand internationally. 
We have grown gross transaction value, like-for-like sales, profi t before tax and earnings 
per share during the year and the share price has increased from 52p to 96.5p, adding 
c.£550 million of value for shareholders.

The Committee believes that the remuneration for executives for the year appropriately 
refl ects this performance against the demanding targets we set for them. Annual bonus 
payments of 40% of base salary will be made as a result of profi t before tax (PBT) 
performance of £158.3 million (4.2% growth on last year, 52 weeks to 1 September 2012 
vs 52 weeks to 27 August 2011) and long-term incentive awards granted in 2009 will vest 
for the fi rst time since the Company listed in 2006, with PSP awards vesting just above 
threshold and ESOP awards vesting in full refl ecting progress towards long-term goals. 

During the year, the Committee reviewed the performance measures for the annual 
bonus plan and determined that the 2013 annual bonus plan will be based on 80% PBT 
performance and 20% on a like-for-like sales and gross margin percentage performance 
matrix (previously 100% based on PBT). The Committee considers that these measures 
are consistent with the four pillars of our strategy and therefore most appropriate to create 
a strong alignment with shareholder value creation and eff ectively incentivise executives to 
grow profi t and like-for-like sales on an annual basis whilst motivating focus on gross margin. 

After careful consideration and personal consultation with a number of major 
shareholders and investor representatives, the Committee decided that for 2013 only, the 
Chief Executive will be made a PSP award of 200% of base salary. The Committee deemed 
it appropriate to make a slightly larger award to the Chief Executive this year in light of 
the strong business performance since his appointment, including signifi cant share 
price appreciation, his exceptional personal performance and to enhance his longer term 
alignment with our four pillared strategy. The Committee believes this award will have 
a very positive retention and motivational impact on the Chief Executive. For 2014, 
it is intended that the award level will revert to the normal policy.

This year we have seen signifi cant focus on improving the transparency of reporting on 
executive pay. Although based on the current timeline Debenhams will not be formally 
required to provide disclosure in line with the legislation until the year ending August 
2014, we have provided some additional disclosures in order to help shareholders better 
understand our remuneration policy and practice. Our directors’ remuneration report 
received a strong level of support in January 2012 with 98% of shareholders voting in 
favour of the resolution.

Dennis Millard
Chairman, Remuneration Committee

Director 
Dennis Millard (appointed Committee 
Chairman 1 September 2012)
Adam Crozier (resigned as Committee 
Chairman on 1 September 2012)
Martina King

Nigel Northridge

Mark Rolfe

Sophie Turner Laing

Position 
Senior independent 
director
Independent non-
executive director
Independent non-
executive director
Independent non-
executive Chairman
Independent non-
executive director
Independent non-
executive director

Number of meetings held 
and attended during the year
3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

3/3

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

This remuneration report for the year ended 1 September 2012 complies with the requirements of the Listing Rules of the UK Listing Authority, 
Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-Sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 and the provisions of the 2010 
UK Corporate Governance Code. 

Part 1: Unaudited information
The Remuneration Committee
Committee members
The Committee chairman, Dennis Millard (chairman from 1 September 2012) is joined by Nigel Northridge, Martina King, Mark Rolfe and Sophie 
Turner Laing to form the Remuneration Committee. Details of each of the member’s background and experience is provided within their 
biography on pages 56 to 57.

Role of the Committee
The full terms of reference for the Committee, which are reviewed annually, are available on the Company’s website at www.debenhamsplc.com. 
In summary, the Committee has responsibility for determining all elements of the remuneration of the executive directors and the Company 
Secretary together with the provisions of their service agreements, reviewing the bonus structure for senior managers below board level, 
reviewing the appropriateness and relevance of the Company’s remuneration policy (taking into account the remuneration arrangements and 
levels across the Company) and administering all aspects of any share incentives in operation for senior management. The remuneration of the 
non-executive directors is a matter for the Company Chairman and the executive members of the board.

Advisors to the Committee
In performing its duties, the Committee has received advice from Deloitte LLP (“Deloitte”) who acted as external advisors to the Committee 
throughout the fi nancial year, providing independent advice on directors’ remuneration and share incentives. Deloitte is one of the founding 
members of the Remuneration Consulting Group (“RCG”) and complies with the voluntary code of conduct in respect of the provision of 
remuneration consulting services. Deloitte also provides industry and comparative employee remuneration data to Debenhams’ management. 
Deloitte also provided unrelated advisory services in respect of corporate and employment taxes during the year. The Chief Executive, Chief 
Financial Offi  cer and HR Director have attended Committee meetings and provided advice to the Committee during the year. They are not in 
attendance when matters relating to their own compensation or contracts are discussed. 

Remuneration policy 
It is the Company’s remuneration policy to provide packages that will attract, motivate and retain high calibre executives in a competitive retail 
market and, where possible, to do this in the most cost eff ective way for the business. Remuneration structures are designed to support the 
business strategy with the majority of the remuneration package being linked to the delivery of performance, paid in a combination of cash and 
shares. Short-term and long-term performance measures have been selected to be aligned with the delivery of the four pillared business strategy 
through an annual focus on increasing sales volume while improving margin and profi tability and a long-term focus on growing earnings which 
ensure that returns to shareholders remain strong.

When determining remuneration policy and arrangements for executive directors, the Remuneration Committee considers pay and 
employment conditions elsewhere in the Group to ensure that pay structures from executive director to store manager are appropriately aligned 
and that levels of remuneration remain appropriate in this context. The Remuneration Committee also considers the pay and practices of 
companies of a similar size and complexity and other companies in the retail sector through the review of external survey data and 
benchmarking provided by Deloitte in order to inform its consideration of the remuneration of Company executives. 

In addition to basic salary and pension provision (or equivalent cash contribution), the Company seeks to incentivise its executives and senior 
managers through an annual bonus scheme and through its share incentives. 

Remuneration policy for 2013
The Remuneration Committee considered the remuneration policy during the year and determined that the majority of elements would remain 
the same as for 2012. However, the Committee did review and make changes to the annual bonus performance targets and the PSP opportunity 
for the Chief Executive for 2013. Further details are provided later in this report.

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  67 

Remuneration report continued

Summary of remuneration 
The following table summarises the various elements of executive remuneration:

Element
Base salary

Annual 
bonus

Purpose and link to 
remuneration policy
•  Refl ects the competitive 

market salary level for the 
individual and their role
•  Takes account of personal 

performance and 
contribution to corporate 
performance

•  Rewards the achievement 
of stretching annual profi t 
and Group fi nancial goals

Performance 
Share Plan 
(“PSP”)

•  Aligns with shareholder 
interests through the 
delivery of shares

•  Rewards growth in earnings 

and maintenance of an 
effi  cient and sustainable 
level of return on our capital

Benefi ts

•  Refl ects market practice

Pension

•  Provides funds to allow 
executives to save for 
retirement

Key features
•  In cash
•  Based on individual 

contribution

•  Reviewed annually

Policy operated in 2012
•  Chief Executive – £600,000
•  CFO – £400,000

Policy for 2013
•  Salary increase of 2.5% with 

eff ect from 1 September 2012, 
in line with the wider 
Company pay policy

•  In cash following year end •  Maximum award of 100% 

•  Maximum award of 100% 

base salary

base salary

•  40% of base salary awarded 

•  80% of the bonus will be based 

in cash based on 4.2% increase 
in profi t before tax

•  Chief Executive received an 
award of 150% of base salary. 
CFO received an award of 
100% of base salary 
•  PSP awards subject to a 
combination of 75% EPS 
and 25% ROCE 

on profi t before tax 
performance and 20% based 
on matrix of like-for-like sales 
and gross margin percentage 
performance 

•  PSP award level of Chief 

Executive reviewed during 
the year

•  In 2013 only, the Chief 

Executive will be made an 
award of 200% of base salary. 
The CFO’s award will be 100% 
of base salary. It is intended 
that the award level will revert 
to the normal policy in 2014.

•  PSP awards subject to a 
combination of 75% EPS 
and 25% ROCE

•  No change

•  No change

•  No change

•  No change

•  Maximum award of 
200% of base salary 
(250% of base salary 
in exceptional 
circumstances)
•  Awards vest after 

three years

•  It is intended that the PSP 
will be the key incentive 
vehicle going forward with 
awards being granted 
on an annual basis

•  Car allowance
•  Healthcare
•  Dental insurance
•  Life insurance
•  15% of base salary
•  Executive directors are 

provided a salary 
supplement in lieu 
of a pension provision

Components of remuneration
Base salary 
The Committee considers base salary and salary increases for executives in the context of remuneration levels at companies of a similar size and 
complexity and comparable companies in the FTSE 350 retail sector, as well as considering salary increases across the Group’s wider employee 
population. The Committee’s policy is to set base salaries at an appropriate level to attract and retain the quality of individuals required to run 
a business of the size and complexity of Debenhams successfully but without paying more than is necessary to do this. The salary increases 
awarded to the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Offi  cer with eff ect from 1 September 2012 of £615,000 (2.5%) and £410,000 (2.5%) 
respectively are in line with the wider Company pay policy.

Executive directors bonus schemes 
2012 bonus
As disclosed in last year’s remuneration report, the annual bonus scheme for executive directors for 2012 was based on PBT with a maximum 
bonus potential of 100% of base salary. A target payout of 40% of salary would have been triggered by the achievement of a PBT target of £158.3 
million with the maximum only being paid out for performance signifi cantly in excess of this level. The Committee considered the target to be 
both stretching and represent value creation for shareholders. 

For 2012 the Company achieved the target PBT of £158.3 million which represented growth of 4.2%, 52 weeks to 1 September 2012 vs 52 weeks to 
27 August 2011. The Committee believes that the 40% bonus payment, recognises the excellent performance of the executive directors in terms 
of delivery against the strategic pillars and fi nancial improvement over the period in what was another challenging year for the retail sector. 

 68  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

2013 bonus
The Committee reviewed the operation of the annual bonus plan during the year and decided to introduce a like-for-like sales and gross margin 
percentage performance matrix alongside the existing PBT measure. The weighting of the measures will be 80% PBT and 20% gross margin 
percentage performance matrix. The Committee considers that these measures are the most appropriate to create a strong alignment with 
shareholder value creation and eff ectively incentivise executives to grow profi t and like-for-like sales on an annual basis whilst motivating focus 
on increasing the gross margin. This is illustrated below:

2012 performance measures

2013 performance measures

20% 
LFL sales and gross margin matrix

100% 

PBT performance

80% 

PBT performance

The maximum bonus opportunity will remain at 100% of base salary, payable in cash. 40% of the bonus will be payable for delivering threshold 
levels of performance with the maximum bonus only being payable on the delivery of performance signifi cantly in excess of plan.

The Company’s share incentives
The Committee continues to consider that the Debenhams Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) is the most appropriate long-term incentive plan for 
the business as it provides an incentive to deliver superior corporate performance whilst creating alignment with shareholder interest through 
the delivery of shares. As communicated last year, it is the Committee’s intention to grant long-term incentive awards annually to executive 
directors and other key senior managers under the PSP. 

The Debenhams Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) 
The Committee has discretion to grant awards under the PSP up to a maximum of 200% of base salary to executive directors and other senior 
executives. Up to 250% of base salary may be awarded in exceptional circumstances. 

Awards under the PSP comprise a right to receive free shares or a nil cost option. Awards under the PSP normally vest on the third anniversary 
of the date of grant (and in the case of nil cost options must be exercised within six months of vesting) subject to satisfaction of performance 
conditions set by the Remuneration Committee at the time awards are granted and generally provided that the participant remains in 
employment. In addition, in order for the award to vest the Remuneration Committee must be satisfi ed that the underlying fi nancial 
performance of the Company over the performance period is suffi  cient to justify the vesting of the award. 

2013 award levels
The Remuneration Committee proposes that for 2013 only the Chief Executive will be made a PSP award of 200% of base salary to ensure 
alignment with the four pillared strategy. It is intended that the PSP award level for the Chief Executive in future years will return to the normal 
level of 150% of base salary. The award for the CFO will be 100% of base salary.

Performance measures
The vesting of PSP awards is based on stretching earnings per share (EPS) and return on capital employed (ROCE) performance targets. 
The Committee considers that EPS and ROCE are the most appropriate performance metrics for our business, as growing our earnings while 
maintaining an effi  cient and sustainable level of return on capital is a key strategic driver of business performance and they are closely aligned 
with the creation of shareholder value. For any fi nancial year of the Company, ROCE means profi t before interest and tax excluding any pension 
credit or debit divided by consolidated balance sheet net assets excluding net debt, pension balances, corporation tax and deferred tax. Should 
any performance condition not be met at the end of the relevant performance period, that portion of the award will lapse immediately without 
any opportunity to re-test the relevant performance condition.

Targets for 2013 awards
Following shareholder consultation, the Remuneration Committee reviewed the performance targets for the awards to be made in November 
2012 and, in the context of the long-term strategic plan, analysts’ forecasts and market practice, agreed that the 25% of award based on ROCE 
performance be stretched to trigger threshold vesting at average ROCE equal to the cost of capital plus 1%.

The targets therefore proposed for awards to be made in November 2012 are:

Performance measures
Targets

Threshold (30% vesting)
Maximum (100% vesting)

75% based on absolute EPS growth

25% based on ROCE performance vs cost of capital

Absolute EPS growth of 6% per annum
Absolute EPS growth of 12% per annum

Average ROCE equal to the cost of capital plus 1%
Average ROCE equal to the cost of capital plus 5%

Both the EPS and ROCE elements of the awards vest on a straight line basis between 30% and 100% based on performance achieved between 
the threshold and maximum targets disclosed.

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  69 

 
Remuneration report continued

2009 and 2011 PSP awards
The table below sets out the performance conditions of the 2009 and 2011 PSP awards.

Date of grant
24 November 2009

Vesting criteria
EPS growth

23 May 2011

EPS growth 

1 November 2011

Performance measures

Performance condition over three year period
Below absolute growth of 6% pa = zero vesting
Absolute growth of 6% pa = 30% vesting
Absolute growth of 10% pa = 100%
Between absolute growth of 6% and 10% pa = straight line basis between 30% and 100%
Below absolute growth of 6% pa = zero vesting
Absolute growth of 6% pa = 30% vesting
Absolute growth of 10% pa = 100%
Between absolute growth of 6% and 10% pa = straight line basis between 30% and 100%
75% based on absolute EPS growth

25% based on ROCE performance vs cost of capital

Targets

Threshold
(30% vesting)
Maximum
(100% vesting)

Absolute EPS growth 
of 6% per annum
Absolute EPS growth 
of 12% per annum

Average ROCE which is equal to the cost of capital

Average ROCE equal to the cost of capital plus 5%

Reported EPS in the 2008/09 base year for the PSP performance period ended 1 September 2012 was impacted by the fi rm placing and placing 
and open off er of new share capital that took place in June 2009, prior to the grant in November 2009 of PSP share awards for this performance 
period. In accordance with the PSP rules the Remuneration Committee has determined that it would be appropriate for this purpose for base 
year EPS to be calculated as if the fi rm placing and placing and open off er took place at the start of the year with a corresponding increase to profi t 
after tax to refl ect the interest benefi t from the additional capital. On this basis, EPS growth for the period amounted to 6.1 % and 32% of the award 
granted in November 2009 will therefore vest on 24 November 2012. In reaching this decision, the Remuneration Committee considered that: 
the minimum EPS growth targets of 6% per annum were appropriately based on this methodology; no other PSP awards vested during the 
performance period in question though determination thereof utilised this method and therefore no participants benefi tted from awards based 
on any other methodology; and that the resultant outcome was fair in the context of the earnings performance demonstrated, particularly over 
the last fi nancial year, in what has been a very tough economic climate for the retail sector.

No awards under the PSP vested or were exercised during the year. 

The Debenhams Deferred Bonus Matching Plan (the “DBMP”) 
The Committee has discretion to invite participants to invest up to 100% of net annual bonus earned into shares (“invested shares”). If the 
participant remains in service for three years and retains the benefi cial ownership of all the invested shares , then subject to the satisfaction of a 
stretching performance target s/he is eligible to receive a matching share award equal to the pre-tax amount of the bonus that has been invested. 
If the performance target is not met at the end of the performance period, the matching share awards lapse immediately and the invested shares 
are returned to the participant. There is no opportunity to re-test the performance condition. 

All bonus eligible employees were off ered the opportunity to invest up to 50% of the 2010 bonus. Matching awards were therefore made under 
this plan in November 2010. These awards have a primary performance metric of EPS. In addition, the awards are subject to the achievement 
of an underpin level of ROCE performance. No executive directors have participated in the DBMP.

This plan has not been operated since November 2010.

The Debenhams 2006 Executive Share Option Plan (the “ESOP”)
The Committee has discretion to grant options to acquire shares to eligible employees. It is not currently intended that executive directors will 
participate in the ESOP other than in exceptional circumstances (e.g. recruitment). Options with a face value of up to a maximum of 100% of base 
salary can be granted under the plan. Options may, in exceptional circumstances, be granted with a market value in excess of this amount at the 
discretion of the Remuneration Committee. Options can be granted in the form of unapproved options or HM Revenue & Customs approved 
options (up to the prescribed HMRC limit, currently £30,000).

Share options are granted at the closing mid-market price on the day prior to the date of grant and normally become exercisable three years after 
grant, expiring seven years later. The exercise of the options is subject to performance conditions set by the Remuneration Committee at the time 
awards are granted. In addition, in order for the award to vest, the Remuneration Committee must be satisfi ed that the underlying fi nancial 
performance of the Company over the performance period is suffi  cient to justify the vesting of the options.

For options granted under the Scheme in 2009, the performance measure was based on the Company’s ROCE exceeding the cost of capital. 
The Committee considered that ROCE was an appropriate performance condition as it incentivises sustainable, effi  cient profi t performance. 
If the performance condition is not met at the end of the performance period, the options will lapse immediately without any opportunity to re-test 
the relevant performance condition. The Committee will consider the performance conditions for any future award of options at the time of grant.

The table below sets out the performance conditions of ESOP options existing during the year:

Date of grant
24 November 2009

Vesting criteria
ROCE growth against 
cost of capital

Performance condition over three year period
ROCE <– cost of capital = zero vesting
ROCE > cost of capital = 30% vesting
ROCE > cost of capital + 5% = 100% vesting
Between these points the options vest on a straight line basis between 30% and 100%

Based on ROCE performance exceeding the cost of capital by 7.8% during the three year performance period ended 1 September 2012, 
the options granted in November 2009 will become exercisable in full on 24 November 2012. 

 70  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Details of the options held by Michael Sharp are disclosed on page 74. No options under the ESOP vested or were exercised during the year. 

Debenhams 2006 Sharesave Scheme (the “Sharesave Scheme”)
Under the Sharesave Scheme, employees may be granted an option to acquire shares at a fi xed exercise price. At the end of the savings period 
the employee may either exercise the option within six months of the end of the savings period using the savings contributions and bonus 
accumulated or have the savings and bonus repaid. No options have been granted under this scheme and there is currently no intention 
to use the scheme.

The Debenhams 2008 Share Incentive Plan 
The Debenhams 2008 Share Incentive Plan is an unapproved plan operated by the Company. This plan is focused at key senior managers and 
it is not intended that executive directors would participate in this plan. The purpose of the plan is to retain and incentivise key employees in 
the short to medium-term. Awards under the plan are subject to continuing employment and performance conditions specifi c to the individuals’ 
role within the business. Existing awards under this plan were granted to key individuals in November 2010 and June 2012. 

The Debenhams Retail Employee Trust 2004 (the “Trust”)
The Debenhams Retail Employee Trust 2004 currently holds 1,068,301 shares in the Company. 450,000 shares are held in the Trust to satisfy 
potential grants made under The Debenhams 2008 Share Incentive Plan. The Trust also holds the invested shares of participants of the DBMP 
totalling 344,765 shares. Dividends receivable on the shares held in the Trust which are not subject to the DBMP are waived on the 
recommendation of the Company. 

Funding of share schemes
It is the Company’s current intention to satisfy any future requirements of its share schemes in a method best suited to the interests of 
the Company, either by acquiring shares in the market utilising shares held as treasury shares or, subject to institutional guidelines, issuing 
new shares. Where the awards are satisfi ed by newly issued shares, the Company will comply with ABI guidelines on shareholder dilution. 
Current levels of shareholder dilution are 0.69% (2011: 0.30%) of share capital.

Change of control
Generally the rules of the Company’s share schemes provide that in the event of a change of control, awards/options would vest to the extent 
that the performance conditions (where applicable) are satisfi ed at the date of such event. Any such early vesting would generally be on a time 
pro-rata basis.

Pension
Michael Sharp is a deferred member of the Debenhams Executive Pension Plan. Full details are disclosed on page 74 of this Report. Under the 
terms of the directors’ contacts of employment, the executive directors are entitled to a salary supplement in lieu of pension provision of 15% 
of base salary. These amounts are disclosed in the directors’ emoluments table on page 73.

Termination arrangements for Rob Templeman
As disclosed in last year’s report, Rob Templeman, the former Chief Executive, entered into a 12 month consultancy agreement with the 
Company on 4 September 2011. At the agreement of both parties, the consultancy terminated on 31 December 2011. A total of £72,950 was paid 
in respect of management consultancy and advisory services. Mr Templeman also received £13,887 in respect of pay and benefi ts earned during 
the period 1 September 2011 to 4 September 2011.

Termination arrangements for Chris Woodhouse
Chris Woodhouse resigned from the board on 10 January 2012 and his employment with the Company terminated on 31 January 2012. In 
accordance with this contract the Company made a payment to Chris Woodhouse equal to the aggregate of 12 months’ basic salary and the 
value of his annual contractual benefi ts. The total amount paid to Mr Woodhouse in respect of compensation for loss of offi  ce was £577,319. 

The terms of Mr Woodhouse’s service agreement dated 3 May 2006 also entitled him to a payment equal to the average of the annual bonus paid 
in the two bonus years prior to the termination of employment. In light of current best practice regarding the inclusion of bonus in liquidated 
damages provisions in executive director service contracts, the Committee agreed with Mr Woodhouse that this element of liquidated damages 
which amounted to £306,566 would not be paid. The Company’s policy regarding bonus payments in liquidated damages provisions now 
refl ects best practice and executive director service contracts are in line with this policy. 

Mr Woodhouse also earned a prorated bonus of £79,840 under the executive directors’ annual bonus scheme for the Company’s fi nancial year 
ending 1 September 2012. This bonus was based on the same performance conditions as for other senior executives.

The 2006 service agreement for Chris Woodhouse permitted him to hold up to two non-executive directorships in non-competing 
companies and to retain payments received in respect of those other directorships. Chris Woodhouse, who was non-executive chairman 
of Agent Provocateur Ltd., retained fees of £20,547 (2011: £18,943) during the period 4 September 2011 to 31 January 2012 together with £62,111 
(2011: £150,000) in respect of his role of group non-executive chairman of Gondola Group Limited. 

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  71 

Remuneration report continued

Performance graph
The performance graph below shows the Company’s total shareholder return against the FTSE 350 General Retailers Index over the period from 
1 September 2007 to 1 September 2012. The FTSE 350 General Retailers Index has been chosen as Debenhams has been a member throughout 
the period and it is made up of a broad spectrum of retail competitors (including major general retail listed competitors) in the principal product 
areas in which the Company trades.

100

80

60

40

20

1 September 2007

30 August 2008

29 August 2009

28 August 2010

3 September 2011

1 September 2012

Debenhams

FTSE 350 General Retailers

(Source: DataStream)

Chairman and non-executive directors
Terms and conditions
Nigel Northridge was appointed a non-executive director of the Company on 1 January 2010 and became Chairman on 1 April 2010. 
His appointment as Chairman is subject to the terms of a letter of appointment dated 28 January 2010 and the appointment is for a term of three 
years ending on 31 March 2013 which may be extended by further terms of three years by mutual agreement. In addition to time commitment, 
the annual engagement fee, and other business interests, the Chairman is permitted to hold other directorships provided that any such 
appointment does not interfere with his position at the Company. 

The non-executive directors have letters of appointment from the Company covering matters such as duties, time commitment, fees and other 
business interests. The non-executive directors, excluding Dennis Millard, were appointed for an initial three years which may be extended for 
a further term of three years by mutual agreement. Both Martina King and Sophie Turner Laing have been appointed for a further three years 
following the end of their initial engagement on 31 July 2012. Dennis Millard’s appointment may be terminated by either party giving one 
month’s notice. 

All appointments are subject to the Company’ Articles of Association and the annual shareholders’ re-election. The letters of appointment 
do not contain a provision for compensation if their appointments are terminated. 

Fees for non-executive directors are determined by the board and are made up of an annual fee for acting as a non-executive director of the 
Company together with additional fees for membership of and chairing a board committee. There is a further fee for acting as senior independent 
non-executive director. The non-executive directors do not take part in discussions on their own remuneration which is reviewed annually 
by the board. The fees are set to refl ect the time which they are required to commit to their duties, their experience and the amounts paid to 
non-executive directors in comparable companies. Fees for the non-executive directors remained frozen for 2012 with the exception that the 
fee for Remuneration Committee chairman was increased from £7,500 to £10,000 to refl ect the responsibility and time commitment for this 
role and to align the fee with that paid for the chairmanship of the Audit Committee.

Details of the fees for the Chairman and the non-executive directors are set out below. Their letters of appointment are available for inspection 
at the Company’s registered offi  ce during normal business hours and at the Annual General Meeting. 

Name
Nigel Northridge
Dennis Millard
Adam Crozier*
Martina King 
Mark Rolfe
Sophie Turner Laing
* Resigned 1 September 2012
** Fee for chairing the sustainability committee

Date of joining 
the Company
1 January 2010
9 May 2006
9 May 2006
1 August 2009
1 October 2010
1 August 2009

Fees
£
175,000
40,000
40,000
40,000
40,000
40,000

Committee 
member fee
£
0
5,000
5,000
7,500
5,000
7,500

Committee 
chairman fee
£
0
10,000
7,500
7,500**

10,000
0

SID Fee
£
0
10,000
0
0
0
0

Current 
annual fee
£
175,000
65,000
52,500
55,000
55,000
47,500

Executive director terms and conditions
Executive director contracts 
Michael Sharp entered into a service agreement with the Company on 3 May 2006. His agreement is terminable by either party giving not less 
than 12 months’ written notice. If the Company terminates the employment without due notice, other than in circumstances such as gross 
misconduct or other immediate justifi able cause, the Company is required to make a payment equal to the aggregate of the executive director’s 

 72  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

 
Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

basic salary and the value of any contractual benefi ts for the notice period. Mr Sharp’s original contract also included that in the event of 
termination he would be entitled, as part of his liquidated damages, to receive a payment equal to the average of the last two years’ annual bonus. 
When Mr Sharp was promoted to Chief Executive on 5 September 2011 this provision was removed from his contract in line with best practice.

Simon Herrick entered into a service agreement with the Company on 19 October 2011. His agreement is terminable by either party giving not 
less than 12 months’ written notice. If the Company terminates the employment without due notice, other than in circumstances such as gross 
misconduct or other immediate justifi able cause, the Company is required to make a payment equal to the executive director’s basic salary for 
the notice period.

Executive directors are entitled, in addition to salary, to other benefi ts or equivalent cash allowances, the value of which is set out in the table of 
directors’ emoluments. Such benefi ts include company car and fuel, life, medical, dental and personal accident insurance together with product 
discount and personal fi nancial advice. 

Outside appointments for executive directors
Any proposed external directorships are considered by the Nomination Committee to ensure they do not cause a confl ict of interest. 
Neither of the current executive directors hold any such directorships.

Directors’ shareholdings
The interests of the directors in the share capital of the Company as at 1 September 2012 are shown below. Awards granted under the PSP 
and ESOS are shown in Part 2 of this report.

Director
Nigel Northridge 
Michael Sharp(1)
Simon Herrick
Martina King
Dennis Millard
Mark Rolfe
Sophie Turner Laing
Notes: 
(1) As at 19 October 2012 Mr Sharp’s holding includes 218,904 shares held by The Sharp Discretionary Settlement of which he is a Trustee

Ordinary shares held as at 
4 September 2011 
100,000
5,854,579
0
10,000
69,455
30,000
20,000

Ordinary shares held as at 
1 September 2012
100,000
5,954,579
26,250
10,000
69,455
30,000
20,000

Ordinary shares held as at 
19 October 2012
100,000
5,954,579
26,250
10,000
69,455
30,000
20,000

In order to align the interests of executives with those of shareholders and to demonstrate the executives’ ongoing commitment to the 
business, the Committee has this year introduced a shareholding guideline policy. Executives are required to build up and maintain a holding 
of Debenhams shares equal to one times base salary. Executives are expected to retain 50% of any post-tax shares that vest under any share 
incentive plans until this shareholding is reached. The Committee expects executives to have met the shareholding guideline policy by the 
fi fth anniversary of their appointment.

Part 2: Audited information
Directors’ emoluments
The remuneration of each director who served during the year is set out in the following table. 

Salary/fees 
£
175,000
599,243
333,333
10,562
198,404
52,500
55,000
65,000
47,500
47,500
1,584,042

Director
Nigel Northridge
Michael Sharp
Simon Herrick(1)
Rob Templeman(2)
Chris Woodhouse(3)
Adam Crozier
Martina King 
Dennis Millard
Mark Rolfe
Sophie Turner Laing
Total
Notes: 
(1) Mr Herrick joined the Company on 1 November 2011
(2) Mr Templeman left the Company on 4 September 2011
(3) Mr Woodhouse left the Company on 31 January 2012

Benefi  ts 
£
–
40,232
15,312
1,741
11,663
–
–
–
–
–
68,948

Annual 
allowance 
in lieu 
of pension 
£
–
89,886
50,000
1,584 
26,189
–
–
–
–
–
167,659

Compensation 
for Loss 
of Offi    ce
£ 
–
–
–
–
577,319
–
–
–
–
–
577,319

Bonus 
£ 
–
240,000
134,137
–
79,840
–
–
–
–
–
453,977

Total 
2012 
£
175,000
969,361
532,782
13,887
893,415
52,500
55,000
65,000
47,500
47,500
2,851,945

Total 
2011 
£
175,000
859,495
–
1,044,515
720,268
52,500
54,154
65,000
43,542
47,500
3,061,974

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  73 

Remuneration report continued

Pension
Michael Sharp is a deferred member of the Debenhams Executive Pension Plan. He ceased to accrue benefi ts in that plan on 31 March 2006. 

The table below shows his pension accrued at the year end: 

Increase in 
accrued pension 
during the year 
(£)
9,468

Increase in 
accrued pension 
during the year 
(net of infl  ation) 
(£)
(42)

Accumulated total 
accrued pension 
at 1 September 2012 
(£)
199,673

Transfer value as at 
3 September 2011 
of accrued 
pension as at 
3 September 2011 
(£)
4,383,809

Transfer value as at 
1 September 2012 
of accrued 
pension as at 
1 September 2012
(£)
5,172,559

Increase in 
transfer value 
during the period 
(£)
788,750

Director
Michael Sharp

Directors’ interests in the performance share plan

Michael Sharp

Simon Herrick

Date of award
24 November 
2009
1 November 
2011
1 November 
2011

Number of 
shares held at 
3 September 
2011
485,902

0

0

Shares 
awarded 
during 
the year
0

1,396,973

620,877

Shares 
lapsed 
during
 the year
0

Number of 
shares held at 
1 September 
2012
485,902

0

0

1,396,973

620,877

Directors’ interests in the executive share option scheme

Market 
value 
Earliest 
on date of 
date of 
award
vesting
83.35p 24 November 
2012
1 November 
2014
1 November 
2014

64.43p

64.43p

Expiry 
date of 
options
24 May 2013

1 May 2015

1 May 2015

Number of 
shares under 
option held at 
3 September 
2011
35,108

Shares 
granted 
during 
the year
0

Shares 
lapsed 
during 
the year
0

Option price
85.45p

Number 
of shares 
held at 
1 September 
2012

Earliest 
date of 
exercise
35,108 24 November 
2012

Expiry 
date of 
options
24 November 
2019

438,853

0

0

85.45p

438,853 24 November 
2012

24 November 
2019

Michael Sharp

Date of grant
Approved 
scheme: 
24 November 
2009
Unapproved 
scheme: 
24 November 
2009

The closing mid-market price of the Company’s shares on 31 August 2012 was 96.5 pence and ranged from 51.2 pence to 96.5 pence during the 
period from 4 September 2011 to 1 September 2012.

On behalf of the board

Dennis Millard
Chairman of the Remuneration Committee

25 October 2012 

 74  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Statement of directors’ responsibilities

Overview 
Strategy review 
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

The directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report, the Remuneration Report and the Financial Statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations.

Company law requires the directors to prepare fi nancial statements for each fi nancial year. Under the law, the directors have elected to prepare 
the Group Financial Statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted by the European Union and 
the Parent Company fi nancial statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United Kingdom 
Accounting Standards and applicable law). Under company law, the directors must not approve fi nancial statements unless they are satisfi ed that 
they give a true and fair view of the state of aff airs of the Group and the Company and of the profi t or loss of the Group for that period. In preparing 
these Financial Statements, the directors are required to:

•  Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently

•  Make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and prudent

•  State whether IFRSs as adopted by the European Union and applicable UK Accounting Standards have been followed, subject to any material 

departures disclosed and explained in the Group and Parent Company fi nancial statements respectively; and

•  Prepare the fi nancial statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company will continue in business

The directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting records that are suffi  cient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and 
disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the fi nancial position of the Company and the Group and enable them to ensure that the fi nancial 
statements and the remuneration report comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group fi nancial statements, Article 4 of the 
IAS regulation. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Company and the Group and hence for taking reasonable steps for 
the prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.

The directors are responsible for maintenance and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom governing the 
preparation and dissemination of fi nancial statements may diff er from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Directors’ responsibility statement pursuant to disclosure and transparency rule 4.1.12
Each of the directors, whose names and functions are detailed on pages 56 and 57, confi rms that to the best of his/her knowledge:

•  The Group Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the EU, give a true and fair view 

of the assets, liabilities, fi nancial position and profi t of the Group; and

•  The Directors’ Report contained in this report includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position 

of the Company and the Group, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces. 

By order of the board

Michael Sharp 
Chief Executive  

25 October 2012

Simon Herrick
Chief Financial Offi  cer

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  75 

Independent auditors’ report to the 
members of Debenhams plc (Group)

We have audited the Group Financial Statements of Debenhams plc for the 52 week period ended 1 September 2012 which comprise the 
Consolidated Income Statement, the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, the Consolidated Balance Sheet, the Consolidated 
Statement of Changes in Equity, the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement and the related notes. The fi nancial reporting framework that has been 
applied in their preparation is applicable law and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRSs”) as adopted by the European Union. 

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors 
As explained more fully in the statement of directors’ Responsibilities set out on page 75, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the 
Group Financial Statements and for being satisfi ed that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility is to audit and express an opinion on the 
Group Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law and International Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards 
require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards for Auditors. 

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 
of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other purpose 
or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.

Scope of the audit of the fi  nancial statements 
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the Financial Statements suffi  cient to give reasonable assurance 
that the Financial Statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an assessment of: whether 
the accounting policies are appropriate to the Group’s circumstances and have been consistently applied and adequately disclosed; the 
reasonableness of signifi cant accounting estimates made by the directors; and the overall presentation of the Financial Statements. In addition, 
we read all the fi nancial and non-fi nancial information in the Annual Report and Accounts to identify material inconsistencies with the audited 
Financial Statements. If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report.

Opinion on fi  nancial statements 
In our opinion the Group Financial Statements: 

•  Give a true and fair view of the state of the Group’s aff airs as at 1 September 2012 and of its profi t and cash fl ows for the 52 week period 

then ended

•  Have been properly prepared in accordance with IFRSs as adopted by the European Union; and 

•  Have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and Article 4 of the lAS Regulation

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
In our opinion:

•  The information given in the Directors’ Report for the 52 week period for which the Group Financial Statements are prepared is consistent 

with the Group Financial Statements

•  The information given in the Risk Review set out on pages 39 to 41 in this Annual Report and Accounts with respect to internal control 
and risk management systems and the information about share capital in the Directors’ report on pages 63 to 64 is consistent with the 
Financial Statements

Matters on which we are required to report by exception 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following: 

Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion: 

•  Certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specifi ed by law are not made; or 

•  We have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit

•  A Corporate Governance Statement has not been prepared by the Parent Company

Under the Listing Rules we are required to review: 

•  The directors’ statement, set out on page 65, in relation to going concern

•  The part of the corporate governance statement relating to the Company’s compliance with the nine provisions of the UK Corporate 

Governance Code specifi ed for our review; and

•  Certain elements of the report to shareholders by the board on directors’ remuneration

Other matter 
We have reported separately on the Parent Company Financial Statements of Debenhams plc for the 52 week period ended 1 September 2012 
and on the information in the remuneration report that is described as having been audited. 

Martin Hodgson (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
London
25 October 2012

 76  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Consolidated Income Statement 
For the financial year ended 1 September 2012 

Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

Revenue  
Cost of sales  

Gross profit  
Distribution costs  
Administrative expenses  

Operating profit  
Finance income 
Finance costs 

Profit before taxation  
Taxation 

Profit for the financial year attributable to equity shareholders

Earnings per share attributable to equity shareholders (expressed in pence per share) 

Basic 
Diluted  

Note 
3, 4  

6  
8  
9  

10  

12  
12  

2
10
32
46
52
75

53 weeks
ended
3 September 
2011
£m
2,209.8
(1,913.1)
296.7
(70.2)
(42.8)
183.7
3.9
(27.3)
160.3
(43.1)
117.2

52 weeks
ended
1 September 
2012
£m 
2,229.8
(1,927.5)
302.3
(81.0)
(46.3)
175.0
1.2
(17.9)
158.3
(33.0)
125.3

Pence 
per share
9.8
9.8

Pence 
per share
9.1
9.1

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
For the financial year ended 1 September 2012 

Profit for the financial year 
Other comprehensive (expense)/income 
Actuarial (losses)/gains recognised in the pension schemes
Deferred tax credit/(charge) on actuarial losses or gains
Current tax credit on the pension schemes 
Currency translation differences 
Sale of available-for-sale investment
Change in the valuation of the available-for-sale investments
Cash flow hedges 
–  Fair value gains/(losses) 
–  Tax (charge)/credit on fair value gains or losses 
–  Reclassified and reported in net profit 
–  Tax charge on items reclassified and reported in net profit
–  Recycled and adjusted against cost of sales 
–  Tax credit/(charge) on items recycled against cost of sales

Total other comprehensive (expense)/income 
Total comprehensive income for the year 

Note 

23 
24 

15 

9 

52 weeks
 ended
1 September 
2012
£m 
125.3

53 weeks
 ended
3 September 
2011
£m
117.2

(82.3)
16.9
2.3
(6.7)
–
(0.7)

5.0
(1.6)
2.0
(0.4)
(1.9)
0.5
(66.9)
58.4

75.8
(22.5)
2.1
4.3
(2.0)
(0.2)

(15.7)
3.9
4.7
(1.2)
1.8
(0.5)
50.5
167.7

78  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet 
As at 1 September 2012 

Assets 
Non-current assets 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Available-for-sale investments  
Derivative financial instruments 
Other receivables 
Retirement benefit assets 
Deferred tax assets 

Current assets 
Inventories  
Trade and other receivables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Cash and cash equivalents  

Liabilities 
Current liabilities 
Bank overdraft and borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax liabilities 
Provisions  

Net current liabilities  
Non-current liabilities 
Bank overdraft and borrowings 
Derivative financial instruments 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Other non-current liabilities 
Provisions  
Retirement benefit obligations  

Net assets 

Shareholders’ equity 
Share capital 
Share premium account 
Merger reserve 
Reverse acquisition reserve 
Hedging reserve 
Other reserves 
Retained earnings 

Total equity 

Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

1 September 
2012
£m 

3 September 
2011
£m

Note  

13  
14  
15  
22  
17  
23 
24  

16  
17  
22  
18  

20  
22  
19  

26  

20  
22  
24  
25  
26  
23 

27  

864.9
661.6
1.9
0.8
19.3
–
83.2
1,631.7

332.3
75.4
7.8
44.0
459.5

(163.4)
(1.9)
(525.4)
(31.0)
(5.3)
(727.0)
(267.5)

(249.3)
(8.9)
(64.7)
(321.9)
(1.1)
(57.3)
(703.2)
661.0

0.1
682.9
1,200.9
(1,199.9)
(2.6)
(10.5)
(9.9)
661.0

858.1
634.6
2.6
1.4
18.3
3.9
75.7
1,594.6

321.3
72.1
1.2
29.0
423.6

(168.1)
(8.5)
(489.1)
(43.7)
(6.2)
(715.6)
(292.0)

(244.6)
(4.2)
(74.1)
(318.9)
(1.2)
–
(643.0)
659.6

0.1
682.9
1,200.9
(1,199.9)
(6.2)
(3.1)
(15.1)
659.6

The financial statements on pages 77 to 118 were approved by the board on 25 October 2012 and were signed on its behalf by: 

Simon Herrick 
Chief Financial Officer 

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
As at 1 September 2012 

Balance at 28 August 2010 
Profit for the financial year 
Actuarial gain on pension schemes 
Deferred tax charge on pension schemes 
Current tax credit on pension schemes 
Sale of available-for-sale investment
Change in the value of available-for-sale 
investments 
Currency translation differences 
Cash flow hedges 
–  Fair value losses (net of tax) 
–  Reclassified and reported in net profit  

(net of tax) 

–  Recycled and adjusted against the cost  

of inventory (net of tax) 

Total comprehensive income and 
expense for the financial year 
Share-based payment charge 
Dividends paid 

Total transactions with owners 
Balance at 3 September 2011 
Profit for the financial year 
Actuarial loss on pension schemes 
Deferred tax credit on pension schemes 
Current tax credit on pension schemes 
Change in the value of available-for-sale 
investments 
Currency translation differences 
Cash flow hedges 
–  Fair value gains (net of tax) 
–  Reclassified and reported in net profit  

(net of tax) 

–  Recycled and adjusted against the cost  

of inventory (net of tax) 

Total comprehensive income and 
expense for the financial year 
Share-based payment charge 
Purchase of treasury shares 
Dividends paid 

Total transactions with owners 
Balance at 1 September 2012 

Note

23
24

15

15

28
11

23
24

15

28
27
11

Share capital 
and share 
premium 
£m
683.0
–
–
–
–
–

Merger 
reserve 
£m
1,200.9
–
–
–
–
–

Reverse 
acquisition 
reserve 
£m
(1,199.9)
–
–
–
–
–

Hedging 
reserve  
£m 
0.8 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

Other 
 reserve  
£m 
(5.2)
– 
– 
– 
– 
(2.0)

Retained 
earnings 
£m
(176.2)
117.2
75.8
(22.5)
2.1
–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–

–

–

–
683.0 1,200.9 (1,199.9)
–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–

–
–

–

–

–

–
–
–
–

–

–
683.0 1,200.9 (1,199.9)

–

– 
– 

(0.2)
4.3 

–
–

–

–

–

172.6
1.4
(12.9)

(11.5)
(15.1)
125.3
(82.3)
16.9
2.3

–
–

–

–

–

– 

– 

– 

2.1 
– 
– 

– 
(3.1)
– 
– 
– 
– 

(0.7)
(6.7)

– 

– 

– 

(7.4)
– 
– 
– 

– 
(10.5)

62.2
1.6
(20.1)
(38.5)

(57.0)
(9.9)

(11.8) 

3.5 

1.3 

(7.0) 
– 
– 

– 
(6.2) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 

3.4 

1.6 

(1.4) 

3.6 
– 
– 
– 

– 
(2.6) 

Total 
£m
503.4
117.2
75.8
(22.5)
2.1
(2.0)

(0.2)
4.3

(11.8)

3.5

1.3

167.7
1.4
(12.9)

(11.5)
659.6
125.3
(82.3)
16.9
2.3

(0.7)
(6.7)

3.4

1.6

(1.4)

58.4
1.6
(20.1)
(38.5)

(57.0)
661.0

For a description of the nature and purpose of each reserve, together with an analysis of other reserves, see note 27. 

80   Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement 
For the financial year ended 1 September 2012 

Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Cash flows from operating activities 
Cash generated from operations 
Finance income 
Finance costs  
Tax paid 
Net cash generated from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of intangible assets 
Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale investment 
Proceeds from sale of finance leases
Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 
Repayment of term loan facility  
(Repayment)/drawdown of new facility 
Purchase of treasury shares  
Dividends paid  
Finance lease payments 
Debt issue costs  
Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Net cash and cash equivalents at beginning of financial year
Foreign exchange (losses)/gains on cash and cash equivalents

Net cash and cash equivalents at end of financial year 

52 weeks
 ended
1 September 
2012
£m 

53 weeks
 ended
3 September 
2011
£m

259.7
0.2
(13.8)
(44.6)
201.5

(101.4)
(17.2)
–
–
(118.6)

–
(10.0)
(20.1)
(38.5)
(2.2)
–
(70.8)
12.1
22.8
(0.3)
34.6

267.6
6.7
(26.3)
(48.6)
199.4

(94.3)
(19.7)
5.0
12.6
(96.4)

(548.6)
415.0
–
(12.9)
(0.1)
(4.1)
(150.7)
(47.7)
69.5
1.0
22.8

Note  

30  

15 
30 

20  

11  

20  

31  

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements 
For the financial year ended 1 September 2012 

1 General information 
Introduction 
Debenhams plc (“the Company”) is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom under the Companies 
Act 2006 (Company No. 5448421). The address of the registered office is 1 Welbeck Street, London W1G 0AA. 

The principal activity of the Company is that of a holding company. The principal activities of the Group and its subsidiaries (together 
the “Group” or the “Debenhams Group”) is the sale of fashion clothing and accessories, cosmetics and products for use in the home.  
The Group trades from department stores in the UK, the Republic of Ireland and Denmark, on the internet and has international 
franchise stores. 

The Group prepares its financial statements for the financial year ending on the nearest Saturday to 31 August of a given calendar  
year. Consequently the financial year ended 1 September 2012 is a 52 week financial year, with the comparative financial year ended  
3 September 2011 being a 53 week financial year.  

The principal companies within the Group during the financial year ended 1 September 2012 are disclosed in note 33. 

2 Accounting policies 
The Group’s principal accounting policies, as described below, have been consistently applied to all financial years presented,  
unless otherwise stated. 

Basis of preparation 
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis and in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) including International Accounting Standards (“IAS”) and International Financial Reporting Interpretations 
Committee (“IFRIC”) interpretations and with those parts of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under 
accounting standards as adopted for use in the EU. The consolidated financial statements for the financial years ended 1 September 2012 
and 3 September 2011 have been prepared under the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of available-for-sale 
financial assets and financial assets and financial liabilities (including derivative instruments) at fair value through profit or loss. 

The preparation of the financial statements, in conformity with IFRS, requires the use of estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reporting amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amount of revenue and expenses 
during the reporting period. Although these results are based on management’s best knowledge of the amounts, events or actions,  
actual results ultimately may differ from those estimates (see note 5). 

Consolidation 
The financial statements comprise a consolidation of the accounts of Debenhams plc and all its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries include all 
entities over which the Group has the power to govern the financial and operating policies. The existence and effect of potential voting 
rights that are currently exercisable or convertible are considered when assessing whether the Group controls another entity. 
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which the Group has the power to control. They are de-consolidated from the date 
that control ceases. 

On consolidation, inter company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. 
Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting 
policies of the Company and its subsidiaries have been changed where these have a significant impact on the Group’s income statement 
or balance sheet to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. 

Revenue recognition 
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable and represents amounts receivable for goods and 
services provided in the normal course of business, net of staff discounts and the cost of loyalty scheme points, and is stated net of value 
added tax and other sales-related taxes. 

Revenue on department store sales of goods and commission on concession and consignment sales is recognised when goods are sold 
to the customer. Retail sales are usually in cash or by credit or debit card. Internet sales are recognised when the goods are despatched  
to the customer. Revenue from gift cards and gift vouchers sold by the Group is recognised on the redemption of the gift card or gift 
voucher. Revenue from sales to franchisees is recognised when the goods are despatched. 

It is the Group’s policy to sell its products to the end customer with a right of return. Accumulated experience is used to estimate and 
provide for such returns at the time of sale. 

Segmental reporting 
IFRS 8 “Operating Segments” requires segment information to be presented based on what is reported to the Chief Operating Decision 
Maker. The Group has identified the executive committee as its Chief Operating Decision Maker and has identified two operating 
segments, UK and international. 

Interest recognition 
Interest income is accrued on a time basis, by reference to the principal outstanding and at the interest rate applicable. Finance charges 
are calculated using the effective interest rate method. 

Dividend distribution 
A final dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Company’s and Group’s financial 
statements in the period in which the dividend is approved by the Company’s shareholders. Interim dividends are recognised  
when paid. 

82  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

2 Accounting policies continued 
Retirement benefit costs 
The liability or asset recognised in respect of defined benefit schemes is the fair value of the plan assets less the present value of the 
defined obligation at the balance sheet date. Plan assets include various equities, bonds and alternative strategies and are managed 
separately by investment managers. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the projected 
unit credit method. The present value of the defined benefit obligations are determined by discounting the estimated future cash 
outflows using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that are denominated in sterling and that have terms to maturity which 
approximate to the terms of the related pension liabilities. 

Actuarial gains and losses are recognised in full in the period in which they occur. They are recognised outside the income statement 
and presented in the statement of comprehensive income. 

Past service costs are recognised immediately in the income statement, unless the changes in pension plans are conditional on the 
employees remaining in service for a specified period of time (the vesting period). In this case, the past service costs are amortised on  
a straight line basis over the vesting period. 

The Group operates a defined contribution scheme in the Republic of Ireland and Denmark and a stakeholder scheme in the UK and 
Hong Kong. Contributions to these pension schemes are charged to the income statement as they fall due. Differences between 
contributions payable in the period and contributions actually paid are shown as either accruals or prepayments in the balance sheet.  

The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognised as employee 
benefit expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognised as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in  
the future payments is available. 

Share-based payments 
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. A fair value for the equity-settled share awards is measured 
at the date of grant. The Group measures the fair value using the valuation technique most appropriate to value each class of award. 
These are either a Black-Scholes, Monte Carlo or binomial pricing model. 

The fair value determined at the grant date is expensed on a straight line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate  
of the shares that will eventually vest and adjusted for the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. At each balance sheet date,  
the Group revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected to vest. It recognises the impact of the revision to original 
estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. 

When the options are exercised, the Company may issue new shares or utilise shares held as treasury shares. The proceeds received  
net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (at nominal value) and share premium when the options  
are exercised. 

Foreign exchange 
a) Functional and presentation currency 
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic 
environment in which the entity operates (“the functional currency”). The consolidated financial statements are presented in sterling, 
which is the Group’s presentation currency. 

b) Group companies 
The results and financial position of all Group entities that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are 
translated into the presentation currency as follows: 
•  Assets and liabilities are translated at the closing rate at the date of the balance sheet 
•  Income and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the 

cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates  
of the transaction) 

•  Resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component of equity 

c) Transactions and balances 
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated into the respective functional currency at average monthly rates. 
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated into sterling at the rates ruling at the balance sheet  
date. Differences on exchange are taken to the income statement.  

Translation differences on non-monetary financial assets such as equities classified as available-for-sale are included in the fair value 
reserve in equity. 

Foreign exchange gains and losses that relate to borrowings, cash and cash equivalents and the translation of inter company loans are 
presented in the income statement within finance income or charges. All other foreign exchange gains and losses are presented in the 
income statement within cost of sales. 

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  83 

 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

2 Accounting policies continued 
Taxation 
Taxation expense represents the sum of current tax and deferred tax. 

Current tax is based on taxable profits for the financial period using tax rates that are in force during the period. Taxable profit differs 
from net profit as reported in the income statement because it excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible  
in other financial years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. 

Deferred tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities 
and their carrying amounts for financial reporting purposes. If deferred tax arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a 
transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profit or loss,  
it is not accounted for. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates that have been enacted or substantially enacted at the balance sheet 
date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled. 

Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary 
differences can be utilised. 

Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries, except where the timing of the reversals  
of the temporary differences is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future. 

Deferred tax is charged or credited in the income statement, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity,  
in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity. 

Leased assets 
a) Finance leases 
Leases of assets which transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the Group are classified as finance leases. Finance 
leases are classified as a financial liability and measured at amortised cost. Finance leases are capitalised at the inception of the lease at 
the lower of the fair value of the leased plant and equipment or the present value of the minimum lease payments and depreciated over 
the shorter of the useful economic life or the period of the lease. The resulting lease obligations are included in liabilities. 

Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate  
of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. 

b) Operating leases 
All other leases are classified as operating leases. Rentals payable under operating leases, net of lease incentives, are charged  
to the income statement on a straight line basis over the period of the lease. 

Where property lease contracts contain guaranteed fixed minimum incremental rental payments, the total committed cost  
is determined and is calculated and amortised on a straight line basis over the life of the lease. 

Business combinations 
The purchase method of accounting is used to account for the acquisition of subsidiaries by the Group. 

The cost of an acquisition is measured as the fair value of the consideration given, liabilities incurred or assumed and equity  
instruments issued by the Group in exchange for control of the acquiree. All costs directly attributable to an acquisition are expensed  
to the income statement. 

Identifiable assets and liabilities acquired in a subsidiary are measured at their fair values at the acquisition date, provided they meet  
the conditions set out in IFRS 3 (Revised) “Business Combinations”. The excess of cost over the Group’s share of identifiable net assets 
acquired is recognised as goodwill. If, after reassessment, the cost of acquisition is less than the fair value of assets acquired, the excess  
is immediately recognised in the income statement. 

Intangible assets 
a) Goodwill 
Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the 
net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary. Goodwill on acquisition of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. Goodwill is not 
amortised but tested for impairment annually, or when trigger events occur, and carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. 

Goodwill represents the goodwill for a portfolio of sites, which have been allocated to groups of cash-generating units on a regional basis 
for the purpose of impairment testing. 

b) Other intangible assets 
Other intangible assets are held at cost less accumulated amortisation and any provision for impairment. 

Internally generated software costs, where it is clear that the software developed is technically feasible and will be completed and  
that the software generated will generate economic benefit, are capitalised as an intangible asset. Included within intangible assets are 
assets in the course of construction. These assets comprise primarily web development projects including directly attributable costs  
to bring the assets into use. Amortisation is provided at the following rates per annum to write off the costs of other intangible assets,  
less residual value, on a straight line basis from the date on which they are brought into use. 

Acquired licences and trademarks  
Internally generated software 
Purchased software  

Up to 10%
12.5% to 33.3%
12.5% to 33.3%

84  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

2 Accounting policies continued 
Property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment are held at historic purchase cost less accumulated depreciation and any provision for impairment.  
Cost includes the original purchase price of the asset and the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition for  
its intended use. 

Depreciation is provided at the following rates per annum to write off the cost of property, plant and equipment, less residual value,  
on a straight line basis from the date on which they are brought into use: 

Freehold land  
Freehold buildings 
Long leasehold land and buildings including landlords’ fixtures and fittings 
Short leasehold land and buildings including landlords’ fixtures and fittings 
Retail fixtures and fittings  
Office equipment 
Computer equipment 
Vehicles 

Not depreciated
1%
1% or life of lease if shorter 
Life of lease 
4% –25%
10% –12.5%
12.5% –33.3%
25% or life of lease 

The assets’ useful economic lives and residual values are reviewed and adjusted, if appropriate, at each financial year end. 

Gains and losses on disposal are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount. These are included in the income statement.  

Included within property, plant and equipment are assets in the course of construction. These assets comprise stores, which are under 
construction, including costs directly attributable to bring the asset into use. Transfers to the appropriate category of property, plant  
and equipment are made when the store opens. No depreciation is provided on stores or other assets under construction. 

Impairment testing 
Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject  
to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not  
be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.  
The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, 
assets are grouped by store, which is the lowest level for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-
financial assets other than goodwill that have been impaired are reviewed at each reporting date for possible reversal of the impairment. 

Available-for-sale investments 
The Group classifies its investments as available-for-sale financial assets in accordance with IAS 39 “Financial Instruments: Recognition 
and Measurement”. Available-for-sale financial investments are non-derivative assets. They are included in non-current assets unless 
management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the balance sheet date. Investments are recognised at fair value 
plus any transaction costs. 

The fair value of available-for-sale investments denominated in a foreign currency is calculated in that foreign currency and translated  
at the spot rate at the reporting date. 

An impairment test is performed annually on the carrying value of each investment. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount  
by which the asset’s carrying value exceeds its recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognised in equity. 

Inventories 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value using the retail method and represent goods for resale. This method 
intrinsically takes into account any stock loss or mark down to goods sold below cost. Concession inventories are not included within 
inventory held by the Group. 

Trade and other receivables 
Trade receivables are stated at amortised cost less provisions for impairment. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is 
established when there is evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the 
receivables. The amount of the provision is the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of future cash 
flows discounted at the effective interest rate. The movement in the provision is recognised in the income statement. 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at the bank and other short-term liquid investments with  
original maturities of approximately three months or less. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings in current liabilities  
on the balance sheet. 

Borrowings 
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost. 
Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in the income statement over 
the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. 

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 
12 months after the balance sheet date. 

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  85 

 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

2 Accounting policies continued 
Borrowing costs 
Borrowing costs that are facility costs are recognised initially at fair value, and are amortised over the term of the facilities using the 
effective interest rate on the committed amount of each facility. 

Debt repurchase 
The nominal value of debt repurchased has been accounted for as a loan redemption, reducing net borrowings at the balance sheet date. 

Trade payables 
Trade payables, defined as financial liabilities in accordance with IAS 39, are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured 
at amortised cost using the effective interest method. 

All of the trade payables are non-interest bearing. 

Other payables 
Included within other payables are lease incentives received from landlords either through developers’ contributions or rent-free 
periods. These incentives are being credited to the income statement on a straight line basis over the term of the relevant lease.  

Provisions 
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events and where it is more 
likely than not an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. Provisions are 
measured at management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the obligation at the balance sheet date. 

Promotional activities – Provisions for promotional activities such as the cosmetics loyalty scheme are recognised where the Group  
has a legal or constructive obligation to provide a customer with goods or services. 

Restructuring – Provisions for restructuring are recognised when the Group has a detailed formal plan for the restructuring that has been 
communicated to affected parties. 

Share capital 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. 

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares in equity are shown as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. 

Where the Company purchases its own ordinary shares, the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs 
(net of income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the shares are cancelled or reissued. 
Where such ordinary shares are subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental 
transaction costs together with the related income tax effects, are included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders. 

Derivatives 
Derivatives comprise interest rate swaps and forward foreign exchange contracts. Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the 
date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at fair value. The method of recognising the resulting gain  
or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as an effective hedging instrument and the nature of the item being hedged.  
The Group designates certain derivatives as hedges of highly probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges). 

At the inception of the transaction, the Group documents the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items as well as its 
risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at 
the inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting 
changes in cash flows of hedged items. 

i) Cash flow hedges 
The effective portion of the changes in fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in 
equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the relevant line of the income statement which 
will be affected by the underlying hedged item. Forward exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges are de-designated and 
subsequently classified as “held for trading” when the underlying forecast transaction is recognised in the financial statements. 

Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified and adjusted against the initial measurement of the underlying hedged item when  
the underlying hedged item is recognised on the balance sheet or in the income statement. 

When a hedged instrument expires, is sold or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, hedge accounting  
is discontinued. Any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time is held in equity until the forecast transaction occurs.  
When a forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately 
reclassified to the relevant line of the income statement which would have been affected by the forecasted transaction. 

ii) Derivatives That Do Not Qualify For Hedge Accounting 
Certain derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in fair value of any derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge 
accounting are recognised immediately in the income statement within finance costs. 

86  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

2 Accounting policies continued 
New standards and interpretations 
New or revised standards or interpretations which were mandatory for the first time in the financial year beginning 4 September 2011 
did not have a material impact on the net assets or results of the Group.  

At the date of approval of these financial statements, IAS 19 (Revised) “Employee Benefits” was in issue, but not yet effective.  
Other standards and interpretations in issue, but not yet effective, are not expected to have a material effect on the Group’s net  
assets or results.  

The directors anticipate that the adoption of IAS 19 (Revised) “Employee Benefits”, in the financial year starting 1 September 2013, will 
potentially have a material impact, dependent upon market conditions, on the financial statements of the Group. The revised standard  
is expected to increase net finance costs and reduce operating profit. The extent of this impact is currently being assessed.  

3 Segmental reporting 
IFRS 8 “Operating Segments” requires disclosure of the operating segments which are reported to the Chief Operating Decision Maker 
(“CODM”). The CODM has been identified as the executive committee, which includes the executive directors and other key 
management. It is the executive committee that has responsibility for planning and controlling the activities of the Group. 

The Group’s reportable segments have been identified as the UK and international. These have been re-stated from the previous 
financial year to better reflect the way in which financial performance is managed. The segments are reported to the CODM to operating 
profit level, using the same accounting policies as applied to the Group accounts. The Group does not review the assets and liabilities by 
operating segment as these are reviewed on a group-wide basis given their transposable nature. As a result, no such analysis has  
been provided. 

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  87 

 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

3 Segmental reporting continued 
Segmental analysis of results 

Financial year ended 1 September 2012 
Gross transaction value  
Concessions, consignments, staff discounts and loyalty schemes
External revenue 
Operating profit 
Other segment items 
–  Depreciation  
–  Amortisation of intangible assets 

Financial year ended 3 September 2011 (re-stated)
Gross transaction value  
Concessions, consignments, staff discounts and loyalty schemes
External revenue 
Operating profit  
Other segment items 
–  Depreciation  
–  Amortisation of intangible assets 

Total segmental operating profit may be reconciled to total profit before taxation as follows: 

Total operating profit 
Finance income 
Finance costs 
Total 

Revenues analysed by country, based on the customer’s location, are set out below: 

United Kingdom  
Republic of Ireland 
Denmark 
Rest of the world 
Total 

UK  
£m 

International
£m

Total 
£m

2,204.6 
(344.3)
1,860.3 
144.3 

72.6 
7.7 

2,181.1 
(330.5)
1,850.6 
156.2 

72.8 
7.0 

503.4
(133.9)
369.5
30.7

9.8
1.5

498.2
(139.0)
359.2
27.5

10.7
1.5

1 September 
2012
£m
175.0
1.2
(17.9)
158.3

1 September 
2012
£m
1,860.3
136.5
142.7
90.3
2,229.8

2,708.0
(478.2)
2,229.8
175.0

82.4
9.2

2,679.3
(469.5)
2,209.8
183.7

83.5
8.5

3 September 
2011
£m
183.7
3.9
(27.3)
160.3

3 September 
2011
£m
1,850.6
144.1
136.9
78.2
2,209.8

Non-current assets, which comprise intangible assets, property, plant and equipment and other receivables analysed by country, are set 
out below: 

1 September 
2012
£m
1,476.1
32.1
33.3
4.3
1,545.8

3 September 
2011
£m
1,436.0
39.2
35.2
0.6
1,511.0

United Kingdom 
Republic of Ireland 
Denmark 
Rest of the world 
Total 

88  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

4 Gross transaction value 
Revenue from concession and consignment sales is required to be shown on a net basis, being the commission received rather than  
the gross value achieved on the sale. Management believes that gross transaction value, which presents revenue on a gross basis before 
adjusting for concessions, consignments, staff discounts and the cost of loyalty scheme points, represents a good guide to the overall 
activity of the Group. 

Gross transaction value  

A reconciliation of gross transaction value to external revenue is included in note 3. 

1 September 
2012
£m
2,708.0

3 September 
2011
£m
2,679.3

5 Critical accounting estimates and judgements 
The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom 
equal the related actual results. Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other 
factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. The estimates and 
assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within  
the next financial period are discussed below. 

Estimated impairment of goodwill 
The Group tests whether goodwill has suffered any impairment in accordance with the accounting policy stated in note 2. The 
recoverable amount of cash-generating units is determined based on a value-in-use calculation. The method requires an estimate  
of future cash flows and the selection of a suitable discount rate in order to calculate the net present value of the cash flows. Actual 
outcomes could vary, see note 13 for further details. 

Taxation and deferred taxation 
The Group is subject to income taxes in the UK, the Republic of Ireland, Denmark and Hong Kong. At each financial period end, 
judgement is required in determining the provision for income taxes. The Group recognises liabilities for anticipated tax issues based  
on the best estimates at the balance sheet date. 

Significant judgement is also required in determining the deferred tax on developer’s contributions, fair value losses and gains, 
retirement benefit assets and liabilities and other provisions. The Group recognises deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the  
best estimate at the balance sheet date. 

Where the final tax outcome of the above matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact 
the corporation tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made. The final outcome of some of these 
tax items may give rise to material profit or loss and/or cash flow movements. 

Share-based payments 
The Group issues equity-settled share-based payments to certain employees. The fair value determined at the grant date is expensed  
on a straight line basis over the vesting period. The fair value is calculated using the appropriate fair value model with the estimated level 
of vesting being reviewed annually by management. The key assumptions of this model are set out in note 28. 

Retirement benefits 
The Group’s defined benefit schemes’ pension liability/asset, which is assessed each period by actuaries, are based on key assumptions 
including return on plan assets, discount rates, mortality rates, inflation, future salary and pension costs. These assumptions, 
individually or collectively, may be different to actual outcomes. 

Other key assumptions for pension obligations are based in part on current market conditions; additional information relating to this  
is disclosed in note 23. 

Estimated useful life of property, plant and equipment 
The Group estimates the useful life of property, plant and equipment and reviews this estimate at each financial period end. The Group 
also tests for impairment whenever a trigger event occurs. 

Inventories 
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value using the retail method and represent goods for resale. This method 
intrinsically takes into account any stock loss or mark down to goods sold below cost. Concession inventories are not included within 
inventory held by the Group. 

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  89 

 
 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

6 Operating profit 

The following items have been included in arriving at operating profit:
The amounts of inventory written down during the financial year
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense  
Employment costs (note 7)  
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 14) 
Amortisation of intangible assets (note 13)  
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Operating lease rentals 
Foreign exchange gains 
Auditors’ remuneration  

1 September 
2012
£m

3 September 
2011
£m

13.0
1,131.2
360.0
82.4
9.2
0.2
203.6
(14.8)
0.4

12.9
1,117.5
372.8
83.5
8.5
0.1
207.3
(12.7)
0.4

Services provided by the company’s auditor and network firms 
During the financial year the Group obtained the following services from the Company’s auditor as detailed below: 

Audit services 
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor for the audit of the Parent Company and consolidated accounts 
Other services 
The audit of the Company’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
Fees payable to the Company’s auditor and its associates for other services
–  Other services 

1 September 
2012
£m

3 September 
2011
£m

0.2

0.1

0.1

0.2

0.1

0.1

Other services comprise advisory work relating to indirect taxation £0.1 million (2011: advisory work relating to indirect taxation  
of £0.1 million) and £38,000 (2011: £28,000) relating to the defined benefit pension scheme audits. It is cost effective for the Group  
that such services are provided by its auditors in view of their knowledge of the Group’s affairs. 

90  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
7 Employees 

Wages and salaries 
Social security costs  
Pension cost 
Share-based payments (note 28)  
Total employment costs  

Average number of employees (including key management):
–  Full time  
–  Part time  
Total 

Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

1 September 
2012
£m
336.1
21.9
0.4
1.6
360.0

3 September 
2011
£m
337.6
22.6
11.2
1.4
372.8

Number

Number

8,355
21,762
30,117

8,735
21,889
30,624

Information concerning directors’ remuneration, interest in shares and share options is included in the remuneration report on pages  
66 to 74, which forms part of these financial statements. 

Key management compensation 

Salaries and short-term benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Share-based payments 
Termination payments 

1 September 
2012
£m
2.8
0.5
0.5
1.0
4.8

3 September 
2011
£m
4.0
0.6
0.4
–
5.0

Members of the executive committee (which includes the executive directors) and the non-executive directors are deemed to be key 
management. It is the board who has responsibility for planning and controlling the activities of the Group. During the financial year  
key management consisted of 12 members (2011: 13 members).  

8 Finance income 

Interest on bank deposits  
Other financing income 

9 Finance costs 

Bank loans and overdrafts 
Cash flow hedges reclassified and reported in net profit
Amortisation of issue costs on loans (note 20)  
Interest payable on finance leases  
Other financing charges 

1 September 
2012
£m
0.1
1.1
1.2

1 September 
2012
£m
11.7
2.0
2.9
0.1
1.2
17.9

3 September 
2011
£m
0.6
3.3
3.9

3 September 
2011
£m
16.2
4.7
5.8
–
0.6
27.3

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

10 Taxation 
Analysis of tax charge in the financial year 

Current tax: 
UK corporation tax charge on profit for the financial year
Adjustments in respect of prior periods  
Current tax expense  
Deferred taxation: 
Origination and reversal of temporary differences 
Pension cost relief in excess of pension charge 
Adjustments in respect of prior periods 
Deferred tax credit (note 24)  
Tax charge for the financial year 

1 September 
2012
£m

3 September 
2011
£m

43.4
(8.9)
34.5

(3.8)
2.9
(0.6)
(1.5)
33.0

58.4
(1.6)
56.8

(13.0)
0.2
(0.9)
(13.7)
43.1

The effective tax rate for the financial year is lower at 20.8% (2011: lower at 26.9%) than the rate of corporation tax in the UK of 25.2%  
(2011: 27.2%). The differences are explained below: 

Profit on ordinary activities before tax  

Profit on ordinary activities at standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 25.2% (2011: 27.2%) 
Effects of: 
Permanent differences 
Overseas tax rates 
Utilisation of tax losses 
Non-qualifying depreciation and lease transactions 
Effect on deferred taxation of the change in corporation tax rate
Adjustments in relation to prior periods 
Tax charge for the financial year 

1 September 
2012
£m
158.3

3 September 
2011
£m
160.3

39.9

43.6

4.0
1.5
(3.1)
0.4
(0.2)
(9.5)
33.0

0.8
0.8
(2.3)
3.5
(0.8)
(2.5)
43.1

The Finance Act 2012, which became substantially enacted on 3 July 2012, included legislation reducing the main rate of corporation  
tax from 26% to 24% from 1 April 2012 and also reducing the main rate of corporation tax from 24% to 23% from 1 April 2013. A further 
reduction to the main rate is proposed to reduce the rate to 22% by 1 April 2014. This further change has not been substantially enacted 
at the balance sheet date and is therefore not included in these financial statements. 

The effect of the reduction in the corporation tax rate enacted in the Finance Act 2012 has been to reduce the net deferred tax asset 
recognised at 3 September 2011 by approximately £0.1 million. This £0.1 million decrease has been recognised in line with the treatment 
of the assets and liabilities giving rise to the net deferred tax asset. 

The proposed reduction of the main rate of corporation tax to 22% from 1 April 2014 is expected to be enacted separately next year.  
The overall effect of the further change from 23% to 22%, if applied to the deferred tax balances at 1 September 2012, would be to reduce 
the net deferred tax asset by approximately £0.8 million. 

92  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
11 Dividends 

Final paid 2.0 pence (2011: nil pence) per £0.0001 share
–  Settled in cash 
Interim paid 1.0 pence (2011: 1.0 pence) per £0.0001 share
–  Settled in cash 

Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

1 September
2012
£m

3 September 
2011
£m

25.6

12.9

38.5

–

12.9

12.9

A final dividend of 2.0 pence per share (2011: nil pence per share) was paid during the financial year in respect of the financial year ended  
3 September 2011, together with an interim dividend of 1.0 pence per share (2011: 1.0 pence per share) in respect of the financial year 
ended 1 September 2012. The directors are proposing a final dividend in respect of the financial year ended 1 September 2012 of  
2.3 pence per share (2011: 2.0 pence per share), which will absorb an estimated £29.0 million (2011: £25.6 million) of shareholders’  
funds. It will be paid on 11 January 2013 to shareholders who are on the register of members at close of business on 7 December 2012.  
No liability is recorded in the financial statements in respect of the final dividend as it was not approved as at the balance sheet date.  

12 Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the earnings attributable to ordinary shareholders by the weighted average number  
of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, excluding any shares purchased by the Company and held as treasury shares. 
For diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue is adjusted to assume conversion of all dilutive 
potential ordinary shares. The Group has one class of dilutive potential ordinary shares, those share options granted to employees where 
the exercise price is less than the market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the financial year. 

Basic and diluted earnings per share 

Profit for the financial year after taxation 

Weighted average number of shares 
Shares held by ESOP (weighted) 
Shares issuable (weighted) 
Adjusted weighted average number of shares 

Earnings per share 

1 September 2012

3 September 2011

Basic 
£m
125.3

Number 
m
1,282.0
(0.7)
–
1,281.3

Diluted  
£m 
125.3 

Number  
m 
1,282.0 
(0.7)
1.4 
1,282.7 

Pence 
per share
9.8

Pence  
per share 
9.8 

Basic 
£m
117.2

Number
 m
1,286.8
(0.3)
–
1,286.5

Pence 
per share
9.1

Diluted 
£m
117.2

Number 
m
1,286.8
(0.3)
0.6
1,287.1

Pence 
per share
9.1

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

13 Intangible assets 

Cost 
At 28 August 2010  
Additions 
Exchange rate movement 
Disposals 

At 3 September 2011 
Additions 
Exchange rate movement 
Disposals 
At 1 September 2012 

Accumulated amortisation 
At 28 August 2010  
Charge for the financial year 
Exchange rate movement 
Disposals 

At 3 September 2011 
Charge for the financial year 
Exchange rate movement 
Disposals 
At 1 September 2012 

Net book value 
At 1 September 2012 

At 3 September 2011 

At 28 August 2010  

Acquired 
licences and 
trademarks 
£m

Internally 
generated 
software  
£m 

Purchased 
software 
£m

Goodwill 
£m

818.7
–
0.5
–

819.2
–
(0.7)
–
818.5

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–
–

818.5

819.2

818.7

7.2
–
–
–

7.2
–
–
–
7.2

0.9
0.7
–
–

1.6
0.7
–
–
2.3

4.9

5.6

6.3

55.1 
16.2 
0.1 
(0.1)

71.3 
14.6 
(0.9)
(0.7)
84.3 

34.2 
6.8 
(0.4)
(0.1)

40.5 
7.2 
(0.2)
(0.7)
46.8 

37.5 

30.8 

20.9 

6.2
3.2
–
–

9.4
2.8
–
(0.1)
12.1

5.9
1.0
–
–

6.9
1.3
–
(0.1)
8.1

4.0

2.5

0.3

Total 
£m

887.2
19.4
0.6
(0.1)

907.1
17.4
(1.6)
(0.8)
922.1

41.0
8.5
(0.4)
(0.1)

49.0
9.2
(0.2)
(0.8)
57.2

864.9

858.1

846.2

Expenditure during the financial year on assets in the course of construction, included primarily in software, was as follows: 

Assets in the course of construction  

1 September 
2012
£m
9.1

3 September 
2011
£m
9.8

Amortisation of Intangible Assets 
Amortisation on the Group’s intangible assets has been charged to the income statement as follows for the financial years ended: 

Included within: 
–  Cost of sales 
–  Distribution costs  
–  Administrative expenses  

Intangible assets includes the following assets held under finance leases: 

Cost 
Accumulated depreciation 
Net book value  

94  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

1 September 
2012
£m

3 September 
2011
£m

7.7
0.2
1.3
9.2

7.2
0.2
1.1
8.5

Purchased Software

1 September 
2012
£m
1.5
(0.8)
0.7

3 September 
2011
£m
1.4
(0.3)
1.1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

13 Intangible assets continued 
Impairment test for goodwill 
Goodwill is not amortised but is reviewed on an annual basis or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill may be impaired. 
Goodwill represents the goodwill for a portfolio of sites, which has been allocated to groups of cash-generating units (“CGUs”) split on a 
regional basis according to the level at which management monitors that goodwill. This allocation was primarily undertaken subsequent 
to the acquisition in December 2003 of the Debenhams stores by Debenhams plc. The CGUs are set out below: 

Goodwill 

North  
£m 
159.3 

Midlands 
£m
184.3

South-East 
£m
180.1

South-West 
£m
185.3

South  
£m 
102.8 

Other 
£m
6.7

Total 
£m
818.5

For the purposes of this impairment review, the recoverable amounts of the CGUs are determined based on value-in-use calculations. 
These cash flow projections are based on financial budgets approved by management covering a five year period. The key assumptions 
used in these projections are sales growth and discount rates. The five year plan is built up using management’s previous experience and 
incorporates management’s view of current economic conditions and trading expectations. Cash flows beyond the five year period are 
extrapolated based on the assumption of 2% growth after year five. The growth rates do not exceed the long-term average growth rate 
for the retail sector in which the CGUs operate. The pre-tax discount rate used to calculate the value-in-use was 8.2% (2011: 8.9%) and 
reflects the specific risks in the retail business. 

Management determined the gross margin for each CGU based on performance of individual stores and its expectations for the market 
development. The weighted average growth rates used are consistent with the forecasts included in industry reports. The discount rates 
used are pre-tax and risk-free rates. Based on the value-in-use calculations, there is substantial headroom on a region by region basis and 
a reasonably possible change in the assumptions used would not cause an impairment to goodwill. 

As a result of the impairment review, as at 1 September 2012 no impairment of goodwill has been required (2011: nil). 

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  95 

 
 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

14 Property, plant and equipment 

Cost 
At 28 August 2010 
Additions 
Exchange rate movements 
Disposals and write-offs 
At 3 September 2011 
Additions 
Exchange rate movements 
Disposals and write-offs 
At 1 September 2012 

Accumulated depreciation 
At 28 August 2010 
Charge for the financial year 
Exchange rate movements 
Disposals and write-offs 
Reclassification 
At 3 September 2011 
Charge for the financial year 
Exchange rate movements 
Disposals and write-offs 
At 1 September 2012 

Net book value 
At 1 September 2012 

At 3 September 2011 

At 28 August 2010 

Land and buildings

Freehold 
£m

Long-
 leasehold 
£m

Short-leasehold 
fixtures and 
fittings  
£m 

Vehicles, fixtures 
and equipment 
£m

50.6
–
–
(49.0)
1.6
–
–
–
1.6

2.1
–
–
(1.9)
–
0.2
–
–
–
0.2

1.4

1.4

48.5

11.5
0.3
–
(5.1)
6.7
0.4
–
–
7.1

1.5
0.1
–
(1.0)
–
0.6
0.1
–
–
0.7

6.4

6.1

10.0

339.1 
11.7 
0.6 
– 
351.4 
2.8 
(1.3)
(0.3)
352.6 

83.2 
14.7 
0.1 
– 
(0.2)
97.8 
14.9 
(0.3)
(0.3)
112.1 

240.5 

253.6 

255.9 

776.3
82.7
4.4
(45.1)
818.3
110.2
(7.4)
(39.0)
882.1

414.6
68.7
2.1
(40.8)
0.2
444.8
67.4
(4.6)
(38.8)
468.8

413.3

373.5

361.7

Total 
£m

1,177.5
94.7
5.0
(99.2)
1,178.0
113.4
(8.7)
(39.3)
1,243.4

501.4
83.5
2.2
(43.7)
–
543.4
82.4
(4.9)
(39.1)
581.8

661.6

634.6

676.1

96  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
 
 
Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

14 Property, plant and equipment continued 
Expenditure during the financial year on assets in the course of construction included primarily in vehicles, fixtures and equipment was 
as follows: 

Assets in the course of construction  

Property, plant and equipment includes the following assets held under finance leases: 

Cost 
Accumulated depreciation 
Net book value  

Contractual commitments at 1 September 2012 were £14.9 million (2011: £5.3 million). 

15 Financial assets – available-for-sale investments 

At 28 August 2010  
Disposals 
Decrease in the market value charged to the statement of comprehensive income
At 3 September 2011 
Decrease in the market value charged to the statement of comprehensive income
At 1 September 2012 

1 September 
2012
£m
49.9

3 September 
2011
£m
39.3

Vehicles, fixtures 
and equipment 

1 September 
2012
£m
10.7
(3.5)
7.2

3 September 
2011
£m
5.0
(3.4)
1.6

£m
7.8
(5.0)
(0.2)
2.6
(0.7)
1.9

The Group holds 10% (2011: 10%) of the issued shares of Ermes Department Stores Limited (“Ermes”), a company listed on the Cyprus 
Stock Exchange. The market value of the shares at 1 September 2012 was £1.9 million (2011: £2.6 million). Ermes is a company that is 
registered and trades in Cyprus and its shares are quoted in euros. 

During the financial year ended 3 September 2011 the Group disposed of its “A” ordinary shares of BF Properties (No.4) Limited for their 
fair value of £5.0 million. The original cost of this investment was £3.0 million and accordingly £2.0 million profit was recycled from 
other reserves to the income statement. 

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

16 Inventories 

Items held for resale 

17 Trade and other receivables 

Non-current 
Other receivables 

Other receivables include contractual lease deposits of £15.5 million (2011: £17.1 million). 

Current 
Trade receivables 
Allowance for doubtful debts  

Other receivables 
Prepayments and accrued income 

1 September 
2012
£m
332.3

3 September 
2011
£m
321.3

1 September 
2012
£m

3 September 
2011
£m

19.3

18.3

1 September 
2012
£m

3 September 
2011
£m

21.4
(0.5)
20.9
2.3
52.2
75.4

22.7
(0.2)
22.5
1.3
48.3
72.1

At the year-end, £19.1 million (2011: £20.0 million) of the trade receivables are denominated in sterling, £0.2 million (2011: £0.3 million) 
are denominated in euros and £2.1 million (2011: £2.4 million) in Danish kroner. 

The movement in the allowance for doubtful debts may be analysed as follows: 

At 28 August 2010  
Increase in provision 
At 3 September 2011 
Increase in provision 
At 1 September 2012 

£m
(0.1)
(0.1)
(0.2)
(0.3)
(0.5)

Trade receivables which are past their due date but not impaired amount to £4.0 million (2011:£4.5 million). Trade receivables which  
are past their due date are provided based on estimated irrecoverable amounts from the sale of goods. At 1 September 2012, £0.5 million 
(2011: £0.2 million) of trade receivables were past their due date and impaired. 

18 Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash at bank and in hand 
Short-term bank deposits 

1 September 
2012
£m
28.7
15.3
44.0

3 September
2011
£m
23.7
5.3
29.0

98  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
19 Trade and other payables 

Trade payables 
Other payables 
Taxation and social security 
Accruals  
Deferred income  

20 Bank overdraft and borrowings 

Current 
Bank overdraft 
Term loan facility 
Revolving credit facility(1) 
Lease obligations 

Non-current 
Term loan facility(2) 
Lease obligations 

Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

1 September
 2012
 £m
318.3
65.3
24.7
115.0
2.1
525.4

3 September
 2011
 £m
286.9
68.0
26.9
106.1
1.2
489.1

1 September
 2012
 £m

3 September
 2011
 £m

9.4
–
151.8
2.2
163.4

244.8
4.5
249.3

6.2
0.1
160.5
1.3
168.1

243.2
1.4
244.6

(1)  Revolving credit facility is stated net of unamortised issue costs of £3.2 million (2011: £4.5 million) 
(2)  Term loan facility is stated net of unamortised issue costs of £5.2 million (2011: £6.8 million) 

The Group has a £650.0 million credit facility comprising a term loan of £250.0 million and a Revolving Credit Facility (“RCF”) of 
£400.0 million. These facilities expire in October 2015, with an option to extend further to October 2016. At 1 September 2012 the 
Group’s facilities outstanding comprised the term loan of £250.0 million (2011: £250.0 million) and RCF drawings of £155.0 million 
(2011: £165.0 million). 

In November 2010 the Group cancelled its existing term loan and RCF and drew down on its new £650.0 million credit facility. 

During the current and prior financial years the Group has complied with its covenants relating to its credit facilities. 

Issue costs, which mainly relate to facility costs, are being amortised over the term of the facilities to October 2015 at the effective 
interest rate based on the committed amount of the term loan. The total amortisation charge relating to the issue costs of the Group’s 
credit facilities cancelled and current for the financial year ended 1 September 2012 was £2.9 million (2011: £5.8 million). 

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

20 Bank overdraft and borrowings continued 
Finance lease obligations 
Finance lease obligations relate mainly to information technology systems, print machinery and vehicles leased under hire  
purchase contracts. 

The minimum lease payments under finance leases fall due as follows: 

Not later than one year 
Later than one year but not later than five years 

Interest element of future instalments 
Present value of finance lease obligations 

The present value of finance lease obligations may be analysed as follows: 

Not later than one year 
Later than one year but not later than five years 

Maturity of borrowings 
The maturities of the Group’s borrowings at carrying value are as follows: 

Amounts falling due: 
In one year or less or on demand  
In more than one year but not more than two years  
In more than two years but not more than five years  

Interest rates 
The effective interest rates at the balance sheet dates were as follows: 

Bank overdraft  
Term loan facility  
Revolving credit facility 
Lease obligations  

1 September 
2012
£m
2.4
4.7
7.1
(0.4)
6.7

1 September 
2012
£m
2.2
4.5
6.7

3 September 
2011
£m
1.3
1.4
2.7
–
2.7

3 September 
2011
£m
1.3
1.4
2.7

1 September
 2012
 £m

3 September
 2011
 £m

163.4
1.7
247.6
412.7

168.1
0.9
243.7
412.7

1 September
 2012
%
1.88
2.29
2.29
3.57

3 September
 2011
 %
1.88
2.64
2.51
2.80

100  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

21 Financial risk management 
a) Financial risks and treasury management 
The Group conducts its Treasury activities within the remit of a Treasury Policy, which outlines approved policies, procedures and 
authority levels. The board delegates its responsibility for reviewing and approving Treasury Policy to the Audit Committee. Reports  
are prepared monthly covering all areas of treasury activity and policy compliance and are reviewed by the Chief Financial Officer.  
The board and Audit Committee receive regular reporting covering treasury activities and policy compliance. Group Treasury manages 
the Group’s funding requirements and financial risks in line with the agreed treasury policies and procedures. 

The Group’s financial instruments, other than derivatives, primarily include borrowings, cash and liquid resources, available-for-sale 
assets, trade receivables and trade payables. The main purpose of these financial instruments is to manage liquidity or raise finance  
for the Group. 

Group Treasury uses derivative financial instruments to manage its interest rate risks associated with the Group’s financing and 
currency risk arising from the Group’s operations. The derivatives used are mainly interest rate swaps and forward currency contracts. 

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, which include: 
•  Funding and liquidity risk 
•  Credit risk 
•  Foreign exchange risk 
•  Interest rate risk 
•  Other price risk 
The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential 
adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance. The Group uses derivative financial instruments to hedge certain risk exposures. 

The policies and strategies for managing these risks are summarised as follows: 

i) Funding and liquidity risk 
Prudent liquidity risk management implies sufficient cash and marketable securities, the availability of funding through an adequate 
amount of committed credit facilities and the ability to close out market positions. Due to the dynamic nature of the underlying 
business, Group Treasury aims to maintain flexibility in funding by keeping committed credit lines available. 

The Group finances its operations by a combination of retained profits, debt finance and leases. The objective is to ensure that there  
is a sufficient cash or working capital facility to meet the cash flow requirements of the Group for its current business plan. 

The table below shows the maturity analysis of the Group’s net contractual undiscounted cash flows in respect of non-derivative 
financial liabilities and derivative assets and liabilities at the balance sheet date. 

At 1 September 2012 
Non-derivative financial liabilities: 
Borrowings 
Interest payments due on borrowings
Finance lease liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Derivative financial assets and liabilities: 
Interest rate swaps 
–  Net settled derivative contracts – payments 
Forward foreign exchange contracts
–  Gross settled derivative contracts – receipts 
–  Gross settled derivative contracts – payments 
Total 

Less than 
one year 
£m

One to  
two years  
£m 

Two to 
five years 
£m

More than 
five years 
£m

(164.4)
(5.7)
(2.4)
(473.1)

– 
(5.7)
(1.8)
– 

(250.0)
(6.7)
(1.7)
–

(3.0)

(2.5)

(2.3)

373.2
(367.6)
(643.0)

131.6 
(130.9)
(9.3)

–
–
(260.7)

–
–
(1.2)
–

–

–
–
(1.2)

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

21 Financial risk management continued 
a) Financial risks and treasury management continued 
i) Funding and liquidity risk continued 

At 3 September 2011 
Non-derivative financial liabilities: 
Borrowings 
Interest payments due on borrowings
Finance lease liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Derivative financial assets and liabilities: 
Interest rate swaps 
–   Net settled derivative contracts – payments 
Forward foreign exchange contracts
–   Gross settled derivative contracts – receipts 
–  Gross settled derivative contracts – payments 
Total 

Less than 
one year 
£m

One to  
two years  
£m 

Two to 
five years 
£m

More than 
five years 
£m

(165.0)
(0.1)
(1.3)
(433.4)

– 
– 
(0.9)
– 

(250.0)
–
(0.5)
–

(2.3)

(2.0)

(2.5)

332.8
(340.3)
(609.6)

121.8 
(121.4)
(2.5)

–
–
(253.0)

–
–
–
–

–

–
–
–

ii) Credit risk 
Credit risk is the risk that the Group may suffer financial loss through default by customers or financial institutions. The Group has  
no significant concentrations of credit risk. Sales to retail customers are made in cash or by credit and debit cards, wholesale sales of 
products to franchisees are made to customers with an appropriate credit history. Derivative counterparties and cash transactions are 
limited to high credit-quality financial institutions. The Group has policies that limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial 
institution. The Group’s policy requires that cash surpluses are placed on deposit for no longer than three months and only with 
counterparties with a credit rating of A- or A3 or higher as assigned by Standard & Poor’s or Moody’s respectively. Exceptions to this 
policy require board approval. The carrying amount of financial assets recorded in the financial statements net of any provision for 
losses represents the Group’s maximum exposure to credit risk. 

iii) Foreign exchange risk 
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from various currency exposures, primarily with 
respect to the US dollar, the euro, the Chinese yuan and to a lesser extent the Danish krone. 

To manage the foreign exchange transaction risk, entities in the Group use forward currency contracts transacted by Group Treasury. 
Foreign exchange risk arises when commercial transactions are denominated in a currency that is not the entity’s functional currency. 
Group Treasury is responsible for managing the exposure in each foreign currency by using external forward currency contracts with a 
settlement of up to two years. Forecast cash flows are hedged to the extent that those cash flows are deemed highly probable. The Group 
regularly reviews the need to hedge foreign exchange exposure arising from the profits, assets and liabilities of its non-sterling 
businesses, hedging those exposures to the extent that they are considered appropriate for hedging. 

A gain of £1.9 million (2011: loss of £1.8 million) was reclassified from equity to the income statement within cost of sales during the year 
in respect of forward foreign exchange contracts designated as cash flow hedges. 

The notional value of open forward foreign exchange contracts at 1 September 2012 was £503.7 million (2011: £461.1 million). The net fair 
value gains on open forward foreign exchange contracts at 1 September 2012 are £5.0 million (2011: losses of £4.2 million). This will be 
recycled and adjusted against the initial measurement of the acquisition cost of inventory over the next two years. 

During the current and prior financial years there were no contracts reclassified to “held for trading” due to cash flow hedges  
being ineffective. 

iv) Interest rate risk 
The Group’s interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings. The Group’s current borrowing facilities are issued at variable rates that 
expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk. 

The interest exposure of the Group is managed within the constraints of the Group’s business plan and the financial covenants under 
 its facilities. The aim is to reduce exposure to interest rate movements and to take advantage of low interest rates by hedging an 
appropriate amount of interest rate exposure whilst maintaining the flexibility to minimise early termination costs. The Group’s  
interest rate hedging strategy is to achieve a target fixed percentage of 75%, with a 15% tolerance (60%-90%). 

The impact of movements in interest rates is managed through the use of floating rate debt and interest rate swaps. These are usually 
matched with specific loans for a period of time up to their maturity or call date. 

The Group’s main interest rate exposure is from the floating rate loans under the credit facilities. At the year end the Group’s hedged 
borrowings amounted to £330.0 million (2011: £327.5 million), being 78.3% (2011: 78.4%) of the Group’s total borrowings.  

102  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

21 Financial risk management continued 
a) Financial risks and treasury management continued 
iv) Interest rate risk continued 
Interest rate swaps 
The Group’s interest rate swaps switch interest from floating rates to fixed rates. The Group’s interest rate swap portfolio is summarised 
as follows: 

Interest rate swaps 

Notional 
£m
330.0

Rate  
% 
0.84% - 1.865% 

Maturity
31 October 2015

The notional principal amount of interest rate swaps at 1 September 2012 was £330.0 million (2011: £327.5 million). The net gains and 
losses on these swaps, which are deferred in equity, will reverse through interest in the income statement over the life of the swaps. 
During the financial year a loss of £2.0 million (2011: £4.7 million) was reclassified and reported in the income statement in respect  
of interest rate swaps. 

Financial liabilities and assets 
The interest rate profiles of financial liabilities after taking account of interest rate swaps, swapped from floating to fixed rates, used  
to manage interest were as follows: 

Financial liabilities 
Sterling(1) 

1 September 2012
Floating 
£m

Fixed 
£m

Total 
£m

3 September 2011
Floating 
£m

Fixed  
£m 

Total 
£m

(336.7)

(84.4)

(421.1)

(330.3)

(93.7)

(424.0)

(1) Debt issue costs of £8.4 million (2011: £11.3 million) are excluded from the financial liabilities above 

Fixed sterling financial liabilities comprise the hedged portion of the debt facility of £330.0 million and finance lease liabilities of  
£6.7 million at 1 September 2012. The weighted average interest rate on the fixed rate borrowings as at 1 September 2012 was 3.3%  
(2011: 3.6%), with the weighted average time for which rates are fixed being 3.2 years (2011: 4.2 years). Floating rate borrowings are 
interest bearing at interest rates based on LIBOR. Cash deposits are interest bearing at rates based on LIBID or relevant base rates.  
Non-interest bearing cash refers to cash in stores or in transit. 

Floating rate borrowings have been classified as fixed if there were derivative financial instruments hedging the floating rate interest  
for more than one year. 

The interest rate profiles of financial assets were as follows: 

Financial assets 
Sterling 
Euros 
US dollars 
Danish kroner 
Chinese yuan 
Other 
Total financial assets 

1 September 2012
Non-interest 
bearing 
£m

Floating 
£m

Total 
£m

 Floating  
£m 

3 September 2011
Non-interest 
bearing 
£m

13.5
1.3
0.3
–
0.3
–
15.4

23.7
1.9
0.5
1.9
–
0.6
28.6

37.2
3.2
0.8
1.9
0.3
0.6
44.0

0.5 
0.8 
0.9 
3.1 
– 
– 
5.3 

20.7
1.2
–
1.8
–
–
23.7

Total 
£m

21.2
2.0
0.9
4.9
–
–
29.0

v) Other price risk 
The Group is exposed to price risk arising from equity investments. 

The sensitivity analysis below has been determined based on the exposure to equity price risk at the reporting date. At the year end,  
if the market value had been 10% higher/lower, based on the Group’s view of reasonably possible changes to the value of the equity 
investments, when all other variables were held constant: 
•  Net profit would have been unaffected as the equity investments were classified as available-for-sale investments; and 
•  Other reserves would decrease/increase by £0.2 million (2011: £0.3 million) for the Group as a result of the changes in the fair value  

of available-for-sale investments. 

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

21 Financial risk management continued 
b) Capital management 
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, provide returns for 
shareholders and benefits to other stakeholders and to maintain a structure to optimise the cost of capital. The Group defines capital  
as debt and equity. 

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may consider: the amount of dividend paid to shareholders, the return  
of capital to shareholders, the issue or sale of shares; or the sale of assets to reduce debt. 

The Group routinely monitors its capital and liquidity requirements through leverage ratios consistent with industry-wide borrowing 
standards, maintaining suitable headroom to bank facility fixed charge and leverage covenants together with credit market 
requirements to ensure financing requirements continue to be serviceable. 

c) Fair value estimates 
The fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows. The fair value of forward 
currency contracts has been determined based on discounted market forward currency exchange rates at the balance sheet date. 

The fair values of short-term deposits, loans and overdrafts with a maturity of less than one year are assumed to approximate to their 
book values. In the case of the Group’s loans due in more than one year, the fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes  
is estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows at the current market interest rates available to the Group. 

There were no material differences between the carrying value of non-derivative financial assets and financial liabilities to their fair 
values at the year end. 

d) Sensitivity analysis 
The Group monitors interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk by determining the effect on profit of a range of possible changes in 
interest rates and foreign exchange rates. The range of sensitivities chosen, being 1% movement in the interest rate or 5% movement  
in sterling when compared to US dollar, Chinese yuan, Danish krone and euro, reflects the Group’s view of reasonably possible changes 
to these risk variables which existed at the year end. 

The table below illustrates the estimated impact on the Group as a result of market movements in foreign exchange and interest rates  
in relation to all the Group’s financial instruments. The analysis has been produced assuming no changes in the borrowings and existing 
interest rate swaps portfolio when considering the interest rate movement. The table below illustrates the estimated impact on the 
Group as a result of market movements in interest rates in relation to all the Group’s financial instruments that are expressed in 
currencies different to that of the functional currency. 

1% increase in interest rate 

5% weakening in sterling compared to US dollar 
5% weakening in sterling compared to the euro 
5% weakening in sterling compared to Danish krone 
5% weakening in sterling compared to Chinese yuan 

1 September 2012
Income 
statement
gain/(loss)
£m
(0.7)

Equity  
gain/(loss) 
£m 
7.5 

3 September 2011
Income 
statement 
gain/(loss) 
£m
(0.9)

Equity 
gain/(loss)
£m
6.3

1 September 2012
Income 
statement 
gain/(loss) 
£m
0.1
(0.3)
(0.4)
–

Equity  
gain/(loss)  
£m 
12.1 
(2.4)
– 
1.7 

3 September 2011
Income 
statement 
gain/(loss)
 £m
0.4
(0.4)
(0.2)
–

Equity 
gain/(loss) 
£m
11.8
(3.2)
–
–

A 1% decrease in interest rate or 5% strengthening in sterling compared to the US dollar, euro, Danish krone or Chinese yuan would 
result in an equal and opposite change in the income statement and equity respectively. 

104  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

22 Financial instruments 
Financial assets and liabilities by category 
Information regarding the Group’s financial risk management policies has been disclosed in note 21. All financial assets and liabilities  
are held at amortised cost with the exception of derivative financial instruments and available-for-sale assets, which are held at fair 
value. The following table sets out the classification and carrying value of each class of financial assets and liabilities within the  
financial statements: 

At 1 September 2012 
Assets 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Forward foreign currency contracts
Non-current assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Available-for-sale financial assets 
Forward foreign currency contracts
Liabilities 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Current borrowings 
Forward foreign currency contracts
Non-current liabilities 
Non-current borrowings 
Interest rate swaps 
Forward foreign currency contracts
Total 

At 3 September 2011 
Assets 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Forward foreign currency contracts
Non-current assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Available-for-sale financial assets 
Interest rate swaps 
Forward foreign currency contracts
Liabilities 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Current borrowings 
Interest rate swaps 
Forward foreign currency contracts
Non-current liabilities 
Non-current borrowings 
Interest rate swaps 
Forward foreign currency contracts
Total 

Available- 
for-sale
 £m

Held for 
trading 
£m

Derivatives 
designated  
as cash flow 
hedges  
£m 

Loan 
receivables 
and financial 
liabilities at 
amortised cost 
£m

–
–
–

–
1.9
–

–
–
–

–
–
–
1.9

–
–
–

–
2.6
–
–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
2.6

–
–
1.2

–
–
–

–
–
(0.1)

–
–
–
1.1

–
–
0.2

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
(2.2)

–
–
–
(2.0)

– 
– 
6.6 

– 
– 
0.8 

– 
– 
(1.8)

– 
(8.3)
(0.6)
(3.3)

– 
– 
1.0 

– 
– 
0.1 
1.3 

– 
– 
(0.3)
(6.0)

– 
(3.8)
(0.4)
(8.1)

44.0
23.2
–

19.3
–
–

(498.5)
(163.4)
–

(249.3)
–
–
(824.7)

29.0
23.8
–

18.3
–
–
–

(461.1)
(168.1)
–
–

(244.6)
–
–
(802.7)

Total 
£m

44.0
23.2
7.8

19.3
1.9
0.8

(498.5)
(163.4)
(1.9)

(249.3)
(8.3)
(0.6)
(825.0)

29.0
23.8
1.2

18.3
2.6
0.1
1.3

(461.1)
(168.1)
(0.3)
(8.2)

(244.6)
(3.8)
(0.4)
(810.2)

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

22 Financial instruments continued 
Fair value measurement 
The Group has adopted the amendment to IFRS 7 which requires financial instruments to be grouped into a fair value hierarchy  
based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels of the hierarchy are: 
•  Level 1 – Quoted prices (unadjusted) based on active markets for identical assets or liabilities 
•  Level 2 – Inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly  

(that is, prices) or indirectly (that is, derived from prices) 

•  Level 3 – Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data 
The following table shows the Group’s financial assets and liabilities as measured at fair value at 1 September 2012: 

Assets 
Available-for-sale financial assets 
Derivative financial instruments: 
–  Forward foreign currency contracts held as cash flow hedges
–  Other forward foreign currency contracts 
Total assets 

Liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments: 
–  Interest rate swaps held as cash flow hedges 
–  Forward foreign currency contracts held as cash flow hedges
–  Other forward foreign currency contracts 
Total liabilities 

Level 1 
£m

Level 2  
£m 

Level 3 
£m

1.9

–
–
1.9

–
–
–
–

– 

7.4 
1.2 
8.6 

(8.3)
(2.4)
(0.1)
(10.8)

–

–
–
–

–
–
–
–

Total 
£m

1.9

7.4
1.2
10.5

(8.3)
(2.4)
(0.1)
(10.8)

The following table shows the Group’s financial assets and liabilities as measured at fair value at 3 September 2011: 

Assets 
Available-for-sale financial assets 
Derivative financial instruments: 
–  Interest rate swaps held as cash flow hedges 
–  Forward foreign currency contracts held as cash flow hedges
–  Other forward foreign currency contracts 
Total assets 

Liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments: 
–  Interest rate swaps held as cash flow hedges 
–  Forward foreign currency contracts held as cash flow hedges
–  Other forward foreign currency contracts 
Total liabilities 

Level 1 
£m

Level 2  
£m 

Level 3 
£m

Total 
£m

2.6

–
–
–
2.6

–
–
–
–

– 

0.1 
2.3 
0.2 
2.6 

(4.1)
(6.4)
(2.2)
(12.7)

–

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
–

2.6

0.1
2.3
0.2
5.2

(4.1)
(6.4)
(2.2)
(12.7)

The Group disposed of its level 3 investment during the financial year 2011. For further details see note 15 to the financial statements. 

106  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

23 Retirement benefit obligation 
The Group operates defined benefit type pension schemes, being the Debenhams Executive Pension Plan (“DEPP”) and the  
Debenhams Retirement Scheme (“DRS”) (together “the Group’s pension schemes”), the assets of which are held in separate  
trustee-administered funds. 

Both pension schemes were closed for future service accrual from 31 October 2006. The closure to future accrual will not affect  
the pensions of those who have retired or the deferred benefits of those who have left service or opted out before 31 October 2006. 
Future pension arrangements are provided through a money purchase stakeholder plan in the UK and Hong Kong or a defined 
contribution scheme for the employees in the Republic of Ireland and Denmark. 

In accordance with the recovery plan for the Group’s pension schemes, which is intended to restore the schemes to a fully funded 
position on an ongoing basis, the Group agreed to contribute £5.8 million per annum from 1 April 2009 to 31 March 2011 increasing  
by annual Retail Price Index (“RPI”) from the year to 31 December 2009 to fund past service benefits. The Group agreed to increase its 
contributions to the Group’s pension schemes to £7.0 million per annum from 1 April 2011 until 31 August 2021, increasing by annual  
RPI from the year to the previous December. The Group has also agreed to make a further increase in its contributions to the pension 
schemes to £8.9 million per annum for the period from 1 April 2012 to 31 August 2022 increasing by the percentage increase in the  
RPI over the year to the previous December. 

Additionally, the Group has agreed to cover the non-investment expenses and levies of the pension schemes, including those payable  
to the Pension Protection Fund. 

If the Company had paid or declared a dividend during the period from 1 April 2009 to 31 March 2011, the Group would have made 
further contributions of 3.1% and 1.9% of the total amount of the ordinary dividend to the DRS and DEPP respectively. No dividends 
were declared by the Company during this period.  

The investment strategy for the Group’s pension schemes was changed during the year ended 3 September 2011. Investment of the 
schemes assets is now arranged by AON Hewitt Limited under a delegated consulting service agreement. As at 1 September 2012 most  
of the schemes assets are invested in a delegated liability fund or a delegated growth fund, with some legacy holdings from the former 
investment strategy due to be transferred to the delegated consulting service arrangement in the future. 

Actuarial valuations of the Group’s pension schemes using the projected unit basis were carried out at 31 March 2011, and updated  
as at each relevant year end for the purposes of IAS 19 “Employee Benefits” by Towers Watson Limited, a qualified independent actuary. 
The 31 March 2011 actuarial valuation has been used when calculating the IAS 19 “Employee Benefits” valuation at 1 September 2012.  
The major assumptions used by the actuary were: 

Inflation assumption 
General salary and wage increase 
Rate of increase in pension payments and deferred payments
Pension increase rate 
Discount rate 

1 September  
2012  
per annum  
% 
2.90 
2.90 
2.90 
2.80 
4.70 

3 September 
2011 
per annum 
%
3.30
3.30
3.30
3.20
5.75

28 August 
2010 
per annum 
%
3.20
3.20
3.20
3.10
5.00

The expected return on scheme assets is based on market expectations at the beginning of the year for return over the entire life of the 
defined benefit obligation. 

The inflation assumption is based on the RPI rate as pension increases both in payment and deferment within the schemes are set out 
with reference to this measure. 

1 September 2012

3 September 2011 

28 August 2010 

Assets 
Delegated liability fund 
Delegated growth fund 
Legacy holdings 
Equities 
Bonds 
Property 
Cash and other assets 
Total market value of assets 
Present value of scheme liabilities 
(Deficit)/surplus in scheme 

Long-term
 rate of return 
expected 
per annum
 %

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
7.0-7.4

Long-term 
rate of return 
expected 
per annum 
%

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
7.8-8.1

£m

105.5
464.2
1.7
–
–
–
12.3
583.7
(641.0)
(57.3)

Long-term 
rate of return 
expected 
per annum 
% 

– 
– 
– 
8.2 
5.0 
7.3 
3.8 
6.6 

 £m 

90.7 
433.4 
23.9 
– 
– 
– 
3.5 
551.5 
(547.6)
3.9 

 £m

–
–
–
247.0
244.9
20.3
11.6
523.8
(604.5)
(80.7)

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  107 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

23 Retirement benefit obligation continued 
The expected rates of return on assets for the schemes as at 1 September 2012 have been derived from the target returns specified in the 
current Statement of Investment Principles for each scheme, and have been set at 7.0% (2011: 7.8%) for the DEPP and 7.4% (2011: 8.1%) 
for the DRS. At previous year ends, prior to 3 September 2011, the expected rates of return on assets were derived as the weighted 
average of the expected rates of return from each of the main asset classes.  

Assumptions regarding future mortality experiences are based on the mortality tables shown below. 

Debenhams Retirement Scheme 
Debenhams Executive Pension Plan

1 September 
2012 
Male and 
female
S1PMA_L+1
S1PFA_L+1

3 September 
2011 
Male and
 female
PNMA00 +1
PNFA00 –2

The current life expectancies of a pensioner retiring aged 65 underlying the mortality tables for each of the schemes above are as follows: 

Debenhams Retirement Scheme
Member currently aged 65 
Member aged 65 in 15 years 

Debenhams Executive Pension Plan 
Member currently aged 65  
Member aged 65 in 15 years  

The actual return on scheme assets was as follows: 

Return on scheme assets  

The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows: 

Interest on pension scheme liabilities
Expected return on pension scheme assets  
Total credit included within staff costs  

The total credits included are as follows: 

Cost of sales 
Distribution costs 
Administrative expenses  
Total credit  

Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligations are as follows: 

Present value of obligations at start of the financial year
Interest on pension scheme liabilities
Benefit payments by the fund 
Actuarial losses/(gains) 
Present value of obligations at end of the financial year 

108  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

1 September 2012

3 September 2011

Years 
Male

22.4
23.4

Years  
Female 

24.3 
25.4 

Years 
Male

21.4
22.3

1 September 2012

3 September 2011

Years 
Male

24.4
25.4

Years 
 Female 

25.8 
26.9 

Years 
Male

24.0
24.8

Years 
Female

23.2
24.0

Years 
Female

25.8
26.5

1 September
 2012
 £m
42.4

3 September
 2011
 £m
38.6

1 September
 2012
 £m
30.9
(42.6)
(11.7)

3 September
 2011
 £m
29.8
(30.7)
(0.9)

1 September
 2012
 £m
(9.7)
(0.1)
(1.9)
(11.7)

1 September
 2012
 £m
547.6
30.9
(18.2)
80.7
641.0

3 September
 2011
 £m
(0.8)
–
(0.1)
(0.9)

3 September
 2011
 £m
604.5
29.8
(17.5)
(69.2)
547.6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

23 Retirement benefit obligation continued 
Changes in the fair value of pension scheme assets are as follows: 

Fair value of pension scheme assets at start of the financial year
Benefits paid  
Company contributions 
Expected return on pension scheme assets  
Actuarial (losses)/gains  
Fair value of pension scheme assets at end of the financial year 

Movement in (deficit)/surplus during the financial year: 

Surplus/(deficit) in the schemes at start of the financial year
Movement in the financial year: 
–  Pension credit  
–  Company contributions 
–  Net actuarial (losses)/gains 
(Deficit)/surplus in the schemes at end of the financial year

Cumulative actuarial gains and losses recognised in the statement of comprehensive income: 

At start of the financial year 
Net actuarial (losses)/gains recognised in the financial year
Net actuarial losses recognised at end of the financial year 

History of experience gains and losses: 

1 September
 2012
 £m
551.5
(18.2)
9.4
42.6
(1.6)
583.7

3 September
 2011
 £m
523.8
(17.5)
7.9
30.7
6.6
551.5

1 September
 2012
 £m
3.9

3 September
 2011
 £m
(80.7)

11.7
9.4
(82.3)
(57.3)

0.9
7.9
75.8
3.9

1 September
 2012
 £m
(50.4)
(82.3)
(132.7)

3 September
 2011
 £m
(126.2)
75.8
(50.4)

Actuarial losses/(gains) arising on scheme assets: 
–  Amounts 
–  Percentage of scheme assets  
Experience losses/(gains) arising on defined benefit 
obligation: 
–  Amounts 
–  Percentage of the present value of scheme liabilities 
Present value of scheme liabilities 
Fair value of scheme assets  
(Deficit)/surplus 

1 September 
2012

3 September 
2011

28 August  
2010 

29 August 
2009

30 August 
2008

£1.6m
0.3%

£(6.6)m
(1.2)%

£(12.0)m  
(2.3)% 

£62.7m
12.8% 

£55.7m
10.6% 

£6.9m
1.1%
£(641.0)m
£583.7m
£(57.3)m

£(5.1)m
(0.9)%
£(547.6)m
£551.5m
£3.9m

£7.6m  
1.3%  
£(604.5)m  
£523.8m 
£(80.7)m  

£(18.2)m 
(3.4)%
£(542.0)m
 £488.4m
£(53.6)m

£14.6m
2.9% 
£(500.6)m
£525.6m
£25.0m

The contributions expected to be paid during the financial year ended 31 August 2013 amount to £10.5 million. 

Other Debenhams defined contribution schemes 
The Group contributions to other defined contribution schemes during the financial year were £12.0 million (2011: £11.8 million). 

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

24 Deferred tax assets and liabilities 
Deferred tax is calculated in full on temporary differences under the liability method using a tax rate of 23% (2011: 25%) for the UK 
differences and the local tax rates for overseas differences. 

Non-current 
Deferred tax assets  
Deferred tax liabilities 

1 September
 2012
 £m

3 September
 2011
 £m

83.2
(64.7)
18.5

75.7
(74.1)
1.6

Deferred tax assets have been recognised in respect of temporary differences giving rise to deferred tax assets because it is probable that 
these assets will be recovered. 

The movement on the deferred tax account is as shown below: 

Assets 
At 28 August 2010 
Credited/(charged) to the income statement 
Result of the change in the standard rate of corporation tax 
charged to the income statement 
Charged to the statement of comprehensive income 
At 3 September 2011 
(Charged)/credited to the income statement 
Result of the change in the standard rate of corporation tax 
charged to the income statement 
Credited to the statement of comprehensive income 
At 1 September 2012 

Developer’s 
contribution 
received 
£m
44.4
2.8

Fair value 
losses 
£m
4.8
–

Other  
provisions  
£m 
21.0 
7.9 

Retirement 
benefit 
asset 
£m
21.8
(0.2)

(3.2)
–
44.0
(6.8)

(2.9)
–
34.3

(0.4)
–
4.4
(2.4)

0.1
–
2.1

(1.6)
– 
27.3 
9.1 

(2.8)
– 
33.6 

(0.1)
(21.5)
–
(2.9)

0.2
15.9
13.2

Liabilities 
At 28 August 2010 
Credited/(charged) to the income statement 
Result of the change in the standard rate of corporation tax charged 
to the income statement 
Credited/(charged) to the statement of comprehensive income
At 3 September 2011 
Credited to the income statement 
Result of the change in the standard rate of corporation tax charged 
to the income statement 
(Charged)/credited to the statement of comprehensive income
At 1 September 2012 

Accelerated
 tax 
depreciation
£m
(78.7)
2.8

Fair value  
gains  
£m 
(5.1)
(0.6)

Retirement 
benefit 
liability 
£m 
–
–

5.9
–
(70.0)
1.8

5.4
–
(62.8)

0.4 
2.2 
(3.1)
2.7 

– 
(1.5)
(1.9)

–
(1.0)
(1.0)
–

–
1.0
–

Total 
£m
92.0
10.5

(5.3)
(21.5)
75.7
(3.0)

(5.4)
15.9
83.2

Total 
£m
(83.8)
2.2

6.3
1.2
(74.1)
4.5

5.4
(0.5)
(64.7)

Within other provisions is a deferred tax asset of £1.7 million (2011: £7.8 million) in relation to overseas operations which has been 
recognised. In addition to this there is an unrecognised deferred tax asset of £11.5 million (2011: £15.8 million) relating to operations  
in Denmark. 

25 Other non-current liabilities 

Other liabilities 

1 September
 2012
 £m
321.9

3 September
 2011
 £m
318.9

Included within other liabilities are lease incentives received from landlords either through initial contributions or rent-free periods. 
These incentives are being credited to the income statement on a straight line basis over the term of the relevant lease. Additionally,  
the liability relates to the spreading of the charges relating to leases with fixed annual increments in rent. 

110  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
 
26 Provisions  

At 28 August 2010 
Charged to the income statement 
Unused amounts reversed in the financial year 
Utilised during the financial year 
At 3 September 2011 
Charged to the income statement 
Unused amounts reversed in the financial year 
Utilised during the financial year 
At 1 September 2012 

Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

Closure 
provision 
£m
0.1
–
–
–
0.1
–
–
–
0.1

Promotional 
activities 
£m
3.3
10.4
(2.9)
(6.0)
4.8
10.2
(4.5)
(5.7)
4.8

Restructuring  
provision  
£m 
0.5 
1.0 
– 
(0.8)
0.7 
0.5 
– 
(1.2)
– 

Other 
provisions 
£m
2.5
–
(0.1)
(0.6)
1.8
–
–
(0.3)
1.5

2
10
32
46
52
75

Total
 £m
6.4
11.4
(3.0)
(7.4)
7.4
10.7
(4.5)
(7.2)
6.4

Provisions have been analysed between current and non-current as follows: 

Current  
Non-current 

1 September
 2012
 £m
5.3
1.1
6.4

3 September
 2011
 £m
6.2
1.2
7.4

Closure provision 
Relating to one vacated building which will be utilised over the term of the lease, being the next two years. 

Promotional activities provision 
Provisions for promotional activities represent the cost to the business of operating an internal cosmetics loyalty scheme and the 
Debenhams Reward Scheme in the Republic of Ireland and they are expected to be utilised during the next 12 months. 

Restructuring provision 
This included provisions for redundancy and restructuring costs within the Republic of Ireland, Denmark and the UK.  

Other provisions 
The majority of the Group’s other provisions relate to dilapidations on properties based upon the directors’ best estimate of the Group’s 
future liability. The remainder of the other provisions, none of which is individually significant, represent the best estimate of the 
expenditure required to settle present obligations in respect of other liabilities. These provisions are expected to be utilised within  
the next three years. 

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

27 Share Capital and Reserves 

Issued and fully paid – Ordinary shares of £0.0001 each
At start and end of the financial year  

1 September 2012

3 September 2011 

£ 

Number 

£ 

Number

128,680 1,286,806,299 

128,680 

1,286,806,299

During the financial year ended 1 September 2012, 23,559,155 (2011: nil) of the above shares were purchased by the Company and are 
held as treasury shares. See retained earnings below. 

Employee share trust – interest in share capital 
The number of ordinary shares in the Company held by the DRET was as follows: 

Debenhams Retail Employee Trust 2004  

1 September 
2012
Ordinary 
shares 
Number
723,536

3 September 
2011
Ordinary 
shares 
Number
723,536

The market value of the shares on 1 September 2012 was £0.7 million for DRET (2011: £0.4 million). The cost of the shares held at the 
year end is £0.6 million (2011: £0.6 million). 

A description of the nature and purpose of each reserve is set out below: 

Share premium account 
On admission to the London Stock Exchange, the Company issued 358,974,359 shares at £1.95, generating proceeds of £700.0 million. 
Costs directly associated with the issue of the new shares totalled £17.1 million and in accordance with the Companies Act these costs 
were set off against the premium generated on issue of the new shares. 

Merger reserve 
The merger reserve of £1,200.9 million exists as a result of the 2005 Group reconstruction. 

Reverse acquisition reserve 
The reverse acquisition reserve exists as a result of the method of accounting for the 2005 Group reconstruction. In accordance with 
International Accounting Standards, the 2005 Group reconstruction has been accounted for as a reverse acquisition. 

Hedging reserve 
The hedging reserve represents the change in fair value of all interest rate swaps and forward foreign currency contracts which have 
been designated as cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the changes in fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify  
as cash flow hedges is recognised in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the relevant 
line of the income statement which will be affected by the underlying hedged item.  

Other reserves 
The other reserve represents the change in fair value in respect of the Group’s available-for-sale investments (see note 15) and exchange 
differences arising as part of a reporting entity’s net investment in a foreign operation. Other reserves may be analysed as follows: 

At 28 August 2010 
Currency translation differences 
Change in the fair value of available-for-sale investments
Sale of available-for-sale investments
At 3 September 2011 
Currency translation differences 
Change in the fair value of available-for-sale investments
At 1 September 2012 

Change in 
fair value of 
available-for-sale
investments
£m
0.6
–
(0.2)
(2.0)
(1.6)
–
(0.7)
(2.3)

Translation 
reserve 
£m 
(5.8)
4.3 
– 
– 
(1.5)
(6.7)
– 
(8.2)

Total 
£m
(5.2)
4.3
(0.2)
(2.0)
(3.1)
(6.7)
(0.7)
(10.5)

Retained earnings 
The Company acquired 23,559,155 of its own shares through purchases on the London Stock Exchange between 24 April 2012 and 
7 August 2012. The total amount paid to acquire the shares net of income tax was £20.1 million. The shares are held as treasury shares. 
The Company has the right to reissue these shares at a later date. All shares acquired by the Company were fully paid. 

112  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
28 Share-based payments 
The total charge to operating profit relates to the following equity settled schemes: 

Performance Share Plan (“PSP”) 
Executive Share Option Plan (“ESOP”)
Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”) 
Deferred Bonus Matching Plan (“DBMP”) 
Charge for the financial year  

Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

1 September
 2012
 £m
1.4
0.1
–
0.1
1.6

3 September
 2011
 £m
0.7
0.2
0.4
0.1
1.4

The following table reconciles the movement in shares awarded under the Company share schemes and the weighted average  
exercise price (“WAEP”) for the ESOP scheme. Grants under the PSP, SIP and DBMP all comprise a right to acquire shares for no  
or nominal consideration.  

Outstanding at 28 August 2010  
Granted 
Exercised 
Lapsed 
Forfeited 
Outstanding at 3 September 2011  
Granted 
Forfeited 
Outstanding at 1 September 2012

DBMP
Number
–
849,130
–
–
(12,927)
836,203
–
(248,920)
587,283

SIP
Number
715,000 
650,000
(690,000)
–
(25,000)
650,000
200,000
(400,000)
450,000

PSP 
Number 
5,382,579 
191,250 
– 
(3,410,092)
– 
2,163,737 
5,947,558 
(634,410)
7,476,885 

ESOP

Number
2,414,374
–
–
(1,451,682)
–
962,692
–
(131,069)
831,623

WAEP Pence
95.1
–
–
103.0
–
85.5
–
85.5
85.5

i) The Debenhams Performance Share Plan  
The PSP allows the company to grant awards of shares to senior management. An award under the PSP will normally vest on the third 
anniversary of date of grant and must be exercised within six months of vesting. No payment is required for the grant of an award.  
An award under the PSP comprises a right to receive free shares or a nil cost option with performance conditions attached. 

Awards granted on 24 November 2009 and 23 May 2011  
The vesting of the shares granted under these PSP awards is dependent on Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) growth. 

Where growth is less than 6% per annum over the three year period, the awards lapse. Where growth is 6% per annum, 30%  
of the shares awarded vest, where growth is 10% per annum, awards vest in full. Between these two points, awards vest on a straight  
line basis between 30% and 100%.  

Awards granted on 1 November 2011 and 1 May 2012 
The vesting of the shares granted under these awards is dependent upon the growth of both EPS and Return on Capital  
Employed (“ROCE”).  

75% of the awards is based upon EPS growth. Where growth is less than 6% per annum over the three year period, this element of the 
awards lapse. Where growth is 6% per annum, 30% of the shares awarded vest, where growth is 12% per annum, the EPS element of the 
awards vest in full. Between these two points, awards vest on a straight line basis between 30% and 100%. 

The remaining 25% of the awards is dependent upon ROCE. If average ROCE is below the cost of capital over the three year period, this 
element of the awards lapse. If average ROCE is equal to the cost of capital over the three year period, then 30% of the shares awarded 
vest. If average ROCE is equal to the cost of capital plus 5% then the ROCE element of the awards vest in full. Between these two points, 
awards vest on a straight line basis between 30% and 100%. 

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  113 

 
 
 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

28 Share-based payments continued 
i) The Debenhams Performance Share Plan continued 
Awards granted on 1 November 2011 and 1 May 2012 continued 
In accordance with IFRS 2 “Share-Based Payments”, the vesting conditions attached to the PSP are classified as non-market conditions 
and therefore the shares have been fair valued at face value with a discount to take into account the non-entitlement to dividends in the 
vesting period where relevant. The fair value of these PSP awards is calculated based on a Black-Scholes model assuming the inputs 
shown in the table below: 

Grant date 
Number of shares under award (number) 
Expected term (years) 
Share price at grant (pence) 
Exercise price (pence)  
Risk free rate 
Expected volatility  
Expected dividend yield  
Fair value of award (pence) 

1 May
2012
391,987
3.0
84.0
–
0%
40%
3.5%
75.0

1 November 
2011 
5,137,864 
3.0 
64.0 
– 
0% 
40% 
7.4% 
59.0 

23 May 
2011
191,250
3.0
72.0
–
0%
N/A
5.0%
62.0

24 November 
2009
1,755,784
3.0
83.3
–
2.3%
70.0%
0%
83.3

Where volatility has been used in the calculation of fair value it has been estimated by taking the historical volatility in the Company’s 
share price. 

ii) Executive Share Option Plan  
The ESOP allows the Company to grant options to acquire shares to eligible employees. These options will normally become exercisable 
following a three year performance period, only if and to the extent that the performance conditions to which they are subject have been 
satisfied. Once the options have vested, the employees have a seven year period in which to exercise. Options are granted with  
an exercise price equal to the middle market value of the shares on the day immediately preceding the date of grant. 

Options granted on 24 November 2009 
The vesting of options granted under this plan is dependent on the Company’s ROCE exceeding the cost of capital. Where the ROCE is 
less than or equal to the cost of capital over a three year period, no options will vest. Where the ROCE is greater than the cost of capital, 
30% will vest, where the ROCE is greater than the cost of capital plus 5%, 100% will vest. Between these two points the options will vest 
on a straight line basis between 30% and 100%. The fair value of the share options has been calculated using a Black-Scholes model.  
The key assumptions are set out in the table below. 

Grant date 
Number of shares under option (number) 
Expected term (years) 
Share price at grant (pence) 
Exercise price (pence) 
Risk free rate 
Expected volatility 
Expected dividend yield 
Fair value of option (pence) 

24 November 
2009
831,623
3.0
85.5
85.5
2.3%
70.0%
0%
40.7

Volatility has been estimated by taking the historical volatility in the Company’s share price. 

The weighted average exercise price of the ESOP at 1 September 2012 was 85.5 pence (2011: 85.5 pence). 

iii) Share incentive plan  
The SIP allows the Company to grant options to key senior managers below board level, whom the Company wishes to retain  
and incentivise in the short to medium term. Once the options have vested the employee has six months in which to exercise. 

114  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

28 Share-based payments continued 
iii) Share incentive plan continued 
Options granted on 16 November 2010 and 21 May 2012 
The options granted on 16 November 2010 and on 21 May 2012 have 24 month and 30 month vesting periods respectively, based on  
the employee’s continued employment and performance targets specific to the employee’s role within the business, and are granted 
with no exercise price. 

The fair value of the SIP options granted is calculated based on a Black-Scholes model assuming the inputs shown below: 

Grant date 
Number of shares under option (number) 
Expected term (years) 
Share price at grant (pence)  
Exercise price (pence)  
Risk free rate 
Expected volatility 
Expected dividend yield  
Fair value of option (pence)  

21 May
2012
200,000
2.5
80.0
–
0%
40.0%
3.8%
73.0

16 November 
2010
250,000
2.0
70.0
–
0%
100.0%
5.0%
63.3

The option over 150,000 shares granted under the SIP on 23 May 2011 was forfeited. 

iv) Deferred Bonus Matching Plan  
The DBMP allows the Company to invite eligible employees to invest up to 100% of their net annual bonus earned into shares (“invested 
shares”). If the participant remains in service for three years and retains the beneficial ownership of all the invested shares s/he will, 
subject to the satisfaction of certain performance conditions be entitled to a matching share award equal to the amount of the pre-tax 
bonus that has been invested. Once the options have vested they will be released to the employee within one month of the vesting date. 

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  115 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

28 Share-based payments continued 
iv) Deferred Bonus Matching Plan continued 
Options granted on 26 November 2010 
All bonus eligible employees were offered the opportunity to invest up to 50% of their 2010 bonus into invested shares. The entitlement 
to the matching award is subject to the participant retaining beneficial ownership of their invested shares during the performance period 
and to the achievement of the following performance conditions. The Group’s ROCE must exceed the cost of capital by 2% over this 
period otherwise the options will not vest. The Group’s EPS growth must then exceed 6% per annum over the three year period or the 
options will not vest. If the Group’s EPS growth is 6% or more per annum over the three year period 30% of the options will vest; if the 
growth is 12% or more per annum over the three year period, 100% of the options will vest. Between these two points the options will 
vest on a straight line basis between 30% and 100%. 

The fair value of the DBMP options granted is calculated based on a Black-Scholes model assuming the inputs shown below: 

Grant date 
Number of shares under option (number) 
Expected term (years) 
Share price at grant (pence)  
Exercise price (pence)  
Risk free rate 
Expected volatility 
Expected dividend yield  
Fair value of option (pence)  

29 Operating lease commitments 

The future aggregate minimum lease payments under 
non-cancellable operating leases are as follows: 
Within one year 
Later than one year and less than five years 
After five years 

26 November 
2010
587,283
3.0
74.0
–
0%
100.0%
5.0%
63.7

1 September 2012

3 September 2011 

Land and 
buildings 
£m

Other  
£m 

Land and 
buildings 
£m

195.0
787.4
4,173.8
5,156.2

1.4 
2.3 
– 
3.7 

193.9
779.9
4,193.5
5,167.3

 Other 
£m

1.1
2.0
–
3.1

The Group leases department stores and warehouses under non-cancellable operating leases. The leases have various terms, escalation 
clauses and renewal rights. The Group also leases vehicles and fixtures and equipment under non-cancellable operating leases. 

116  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
30 Cash generated from operations 

Profit for the financial year  
Taxation (note 10)  
Depreciation (note 14)  
Amortisation (note 13)  
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Profit on disposal of available-for-sale investment 
Employee options granted during the financial year (note 28) 
Fair value (gains)/losses on derivative instruments 
Net movements in provisions (note 26)  
Finance income  
Finance costs  
Difference between pension credit and contributions paid (note 23) 
Net movement in other long-term receivables 
Net movement in other non-current liabilities 
Changes in working capital 
Increase in inventories  
Increase in trade and other receivables 
Increase/(decrease) in trade and other payables 
Cash generated from operations

Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

1 September
 2012
 £m
125.3
33.0
82.4
9.2
0.2
–
1.6
(3.1)
(1.0)
(1.2)
17.9
(21.1)
(2.6)
2.9

(11.5)
(4.7)
32.4
259.7

2
10
32
46
52
75

3 September
 2011
 £m
117.2
43.1
83.5
8.5
0.1
(2.0)
1.4
2.7
1.0
(3.9)
27.3
(8.8)
0.1
33.2

(25.4)
(4.6)
(5.8)
267.6

In the cash flow statement, proceeds from the disposal of property, plant and equipment and finance leases comprise: 

Net book value (note 14)  
Less non-cash movement in long-term finance leases  
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment  
Cash proceeds from the disposal of property, plant and equipment 

Non-cash transactions 
Other non-cash changes comprise: 

Amortisation of issue costs relating to debt issues 
Non-cash movements associated with term loan facility 
Revaluation of cash and cash equivalents 
Less offset to long-term loan  
Non-cash movements associated with finance lease obligations
Non-cash transactions 

1 September
 2012
 £m
0.2
–
(0.2)
–

3 September
 2011
 £m
55.5
(42.8)
(0.1)
12.6

1 September
 2012
 £m
2.9
(0.1)
0.3
–
6.2
9.3

3 September
 2011
 £m
5.8
(2.4)
(1.0)
(42.8)
1.2
(39.2)

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  117 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the Financial Statements continued 

31 Analysis of changes in net debt 

Analysis of net debt 
Cash and cash equivalents  
Bank overdrafts 

Net cash and cash equivalents 
Debt due within one year 
Debt due after one year 
Finance lease obligations due within one year 
Finance lease obligations due after one year 

3 September 
2011
£m

Cash flow  
£m 

Non-cash 
movements 
£m

1 September 
2012
£m

29.0
(6.2)

22.8
(160.6)
(243.2)
(1.3)
(1.4)
(383.7)

15.3 
(3.2)

12.1 
10.0 
– 
2.2 
– 
24.3 

(0.3)
–

(0.3)
(1.2)
(1.6)
(3.1)
(3.1)
(9.3)

44.0
(9.4)

34.6
(151.8)
(244.8)
(2.2)
(4.5)
(368.7)

32 Contingent liabilities 
The Group is subject to litigation from time to time as a result of its activities. The Group establishes provisions in connection with 
litigation where it has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events and where it is more likely that not an outflow  
of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount can be reliably estimated. Since these provisions, which are 
reflected in the Group’s consolidated financial statements, represent estimates, the final resolution of any such matters could  
have a material effect on the Group’s operating results and cash flows for a particular reporting period. 

33 Principal subsidiary undertakings 
The principal subsidiary undertakings of Debenhams plc at 1 September 2012 were as follows: 

Company 
Debenhams Retail plc 
Debenhams Group Holdings Limited*
Debenhams Retail (Ireland) Limited
Aktieselskabet Th. Wessel & Vett Magasin du Nord 
Debenhams Properties Limited 
Debenhams Hong Kong Limited 

Country of 
incorporation
UK
UK
Ireland
Denmark
UK
Hong Kong

Country of 
registration 
England 
England 
Ireland 
Denmark 
England 
Hong Kong 

Activity
Department store retailing
Holding company
Department store retailing
Department store retailing
Property investment
Sourcing of goods

*Denotes investments held by the Company. All other investments are held by subsidiary undertakings. 

The Company has taken advantage of section 410(2) of the Companies Act 2006 to list only its principal subsidiary and associated 
undertakings at 1 September 2012. Unless otherwise stated, all of these are wholly owned by the Company or its subsidiary 
undertakings, registered in England and Wales, and operate predominantly in the United Kingdom. 

All subsidiary companies are consolidated. A full list of subsidiaries is available from the registered office. 

118  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
Five year record income statements 

Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

52 weeks
2012
 £m
2,708.0
2,229.8
(1,927.5)
302.3
(81.0)
(46.3)
175.0
–
175.0
(16.7)
158.3
(33.0)

53 weeks
2011
 £m
2,679.3
2,209.8
(1,913.1)
296.7
(70.2)
(42.8)
183.7
–
183.7
(23.4)
160.3
(43.1)

52 weeks 
2010  
£m 
2,564.3 
2,119.9 
(1,829.5)
290.4 
(55.1)
(40.2)
195.1 
(5.4)
189.7 
(49.8)
139.9 
(42.9)

52 weeks
2009 
£m
2,339.7
1,915.6
(1,650.7)
264.9
(45.3)
(37.4)
182.2
–
182.2
(61.4)
120.8
(25.7)

2
10
32
46
52
75

52 weeks
2008 
£m
2,336.0
1,839.2
(1,571.6)
267.6
(50.0)
(41.5)
176.1
–
176.1
(70.2)
105.9
(28.8)

Gross transaction value 
Revenue 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Distribution costs 
Administrative expenses 
Operating profit before exceptional items 
Exceptional items 
Operating profit 
Net finance costs 
Profit before taxation 
Taxation 
Profit for the financial year attributable  
to equity shareholders 

125.3

117.2

97.0 

95.1

77.1

Gross transaction value 
Revenue from concessions and consignment sales is required to be shown on a net basis, being the commission received rather than  
the gross value achieved by the concessionaire on the sale. Management believes that gross transaction value, which presents revenue 
on a gross basis before adjusting for concessions, consignments, staff discounts and the cost of loyalty scheme points, represents a good 
guide to the overall activity of the Group. 

 Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  119 

 
 Five year record balance sheets 

Assets 
Non-current assets 
Intangible assets 
Tangible assets 
Financial assets 
Other receivables 
Retirement benefit assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Total non-current assets 
Net current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 
Net assets 

Shareholders’ equity 
Share capital 
Share premium account 
Other reserves 
Retained earnings 
Total equity 

2012
 £m

2011
£m

2010  
£m 

2009
£m

2008
£m

864.9
661.6
2.7
19.3
–
83.2
1,631.7
(267.5)
(703.2)
661.0

0.1
682.9
(12.1)
(9.9)
661.0

858.1
634.6
4.0
18.3
3.9
75.7
1,594.6
(292.0)
(643.0)
659.6

0.1
682.9
(8.3)
(15.1)
659.6

846.2 
676.1 
8.7 
17.2 
– 
92.0 
1,640.2 
(636.5)
(500.3)
503.4 

0.1 
682.9 
(3.4)
(176.2)
503.4 

839.9
669.2
9.0
–
–
80.6
1,598.7
(74.4)
(1,099.0)
425.3

0.1
682.9
288.9
(546.6)
425.3

840.8
693.3
19.2
–
25.0
57.4
1,635.7
(296.7)
(1,213.7)
125.3

0.1
682.9
16.9
(574.6)
125.3

120  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Independent auditors’ report to the  
members of Debenhams plc (Company)  

Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

We have audited the Parent Company financial statements of Debenhams plc for the financial year ended 1 September 2012 which 
comprise the Parent Company balance sheet and the related notes. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their 
preparation is applicable law and United Kingdom Accounting Standards (United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice). 

Respective responsibilities of directors and auditors 
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities set out on page 75, the directors are responsible for the 
preparation of the Parent Company financial statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. Our responsibility  
is to audit and express an opinion on the Parent Company financial statements in accordance with applicable law and International 
Standards on Auditing (UK and Ireland). Those standards require us to comply with the Auditing Practices Board’s Ethical Standards  
for Auditors. 

This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Company’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 
of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for 
any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed 
by our prior consent in writing. 

Scope of the audit of the financial statements 
An audit involves obtaining evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements sufficient to give reasonable 
assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error. This includes an 
assessment of: whether the accounting policies are appropriate to the Parent Company’s circumstances and have been consistently 
applied and adequately disclosed; the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by the directors; and the overall 
presentation of the financial statements. In addition, we read all the financial and non-financial information in the Annual Report  
to identify material inconsistencies with the audited financial statements. If we become aware of any apparent material misstatements 
or inconsistencies we consider the implications for our report. 

Opinion on financial statements 
In our opinion the Parent Company financial statements: 
•  Give a true and fair view of the state of the Company’s affairs as at 1 September 2012; 
•  Have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice; and 
•  Have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

Opinion on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006 
In our opinion: 
•  The part of the Remuneration Report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006; and 
•  The information given in the Directors’ Report for the financial year for which the Parent Company financial statements are prepared 

is consistent with the Parent Company financial statements. 

Matters on which we are required to report by exception 
We have nothing to report in respect of the following matters where the Companies Act 2006 requires us to report to you if,  
in our opinion: 
•  Adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 

from branches not visited by us; or 

•  The Parent Company financial statements and the part of the Remuneration Report to be audited are not in agreement with the 

accounting records and returns; or 

•  Certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or 
•  We have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit. 

Other matter 
We have reported separately on the Group financial statements of Debenhams plc for the financial year ended 1 September 2012. 

Martin Hodgson (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP  

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors  
London 
25 October 2012 

 Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  121 

 Company Balance Sheet 
Company number 5448421 
As at 1 September 2012 

Fixed assets 
Investments  
Current assets 
Debtors 
Derivative financial instruments 

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 
Derivative financial instruments 
Net current liabilities 
Total assets less current liabilities  
Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year 
Derivative financial instruments 
Net assets 

Capital and reserves 
Called-up share capital 
Share premium account 
Hedging reserve 
Profit and loss account 
Total shareholders’ funds 

1 September 
2012 
£m 

3 September 
2011 
£m 

Note  

4  

6 
5  

7  
5  

8  
5  

11  
12  
12  
12  
13  

2,745.9

2,745.9

135.5
–
135.5
(1,175.3)
–
(1,039.8)
1,706.1
(244.8)
(8.3)
1,453.0

0.1
682.9
(6.4)
776.4
1,453.0

115.1
0.1
115.2
(1,212.7)
(0.3)
(1,097.8)
1,648.1
(243.2)
(3.8)
1,401.1

0.1
682.9
(2.9)
721.0
1,401.1

The financial statements on pages 122 to 128 were approved by the board on 25 October 2012 and were signed on its behalf by: 

Simon Herrick 
Chief Financial Officer 

122  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Company  
Financial Statements 
For the financial year ended 1 September 2012 

Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

1 Accounting policies 
Basis of preparation 
These financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis and in accordance with UK GAAP using the historical cost 
convention as modified by financial assets and financial liabilities (including derivative instruments) at fair value through profit or loss. 
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with applicable accounting standards within the United Kingdom and the 
Companies Act 2006. 

The Company is also exempt under the terms of FRS 8 “Related Party Disclosures” from disclosing related party transactions with 
entities that are wholly owned subsidiaries. 

The principal accounting policies, which have been applied consistently during the financial year, are set out below. 

Investments 
Investments are held at cost less any provision for impairment. 

Impairment testing 
Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that are subject  
to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not  
be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.  
The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s net realisable value and value-in-use. 

Borrowings 
All borrowings are stated at the fair value of the consideration received after deduction of issue costs. Issue costs, together with finance 
costs, are charged to the profit and loss account over the term of the borrowings. Finance costs represent a constant proportion of the 
balance of capital repayments outstanding. 

Taxation 
Current tax is provided at amounts expected to be paid (or recovered) using the tax rates that are in force during the period. 

Deferred tax is recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date where 
transactions or events that result in an obligation to pay more tax in the future or a right to pay less tax in the future have occurred at the 
balance sheet date. Timing differences are differences between the taxable profits and the results as stated in the financial statements 
that arise from the inclusion of gains and losses in tax assessments in periods different from those in which they are recognised in the 
financial statements. 

Deferred tax is measured on a non-discounted basis. A deferred tax asset is regarded as recoverable and therefore recognised only when, 
on the basis of all available evidence, it can be regarded as more likely than not that there will be taxable profits from which the future 
reversal of the underlying timing differences can be deducted. 

Deferred tax is measured at the average tax rates which are expected to apply in the periods in which the timing differences are expected 
to reverse, based upon tax rates and laws which have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. 

Dividend distribution 
A final dividend distribution to the Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Company’s financial statements  
in the period in which the dividend is approved by the Company’s shareholders. Interim dividends are recognised when paid. 

Share-based payments 
Where the Company has granted options over the Company’s shares to employees of its subsidiaries, a capital contribution has been 
deemed made by the Company. This is then recharged to the subsidiary and is based on the fair value of the options issued spread over 
the options vesting period. At each balance sheet date, the Company revises its estimate of the number of options that are expected to 
vest. It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, with a corresponding adjustment to equity. 

 Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  123 

 Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued 

1 Accounting policies continued 
Derivatives 
The derivative instruments used by the Company to manage its interest rate risk are interest rate swaps. 

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently re-measured at  
fair value. The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as an effective hedging 
instrument and the nature of the item being hedged. The Company designates certain derivatives as hedges of highly probable forecast 
transactions (cash flow hedges). 

The Company documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items as  
well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Company also documents its 
assessment, both at the inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are  
highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items. 

i) Cash flow hedges 
The effective portion of the changes in fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in 
equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the relevant line of the profit and loss account 
which will be affected by the underlying hedged item. 

Amounts accumulated in equity are reclassified and adjusted against the initial measurement of the underlying hedged item when  
the underlying hedged item is recognised on the balance sheet or in the profit and loss account. 

When a hedged instrument expires, is sold or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, hedge accounting  
is discontinued. Any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time is held in equity until the forecast transaction occurs.  
When a forecasted transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately 
reclassified to the relevant line of the profit and loss account which would have been affected by the forecasted transaction. 

ii) Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting 
Certain derivatives do not qualify for hedge accounting. Changes in fair value of any derivative instruments that do not qualify for hedge 
accounting are recognised immediately in the profit and loss account. 

Share capital 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. 

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. 

Where the Company purchases its own ordinary shares the consideration paid, including any directly attributable incremental costs  
(net of income taxes) is deducted from equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders until the shares are cancelled or reissued. 
Where such ordinary shares are subsequently reissued, any consideration received, net of any directly attributable incremental 
transaction costs together with the related income tax effects, is included in equity attributable to the Company’s equity holders. 

2 Profit and loss account 
The directors have taken advantage of the exemption available under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and have not presented  
a profit and loss account for the Company however the Company’s profit and loss account has been produced for approval by the board. 
A profit of £112.4 million is attributable to shareholders for the financial year ended 1 September 2012 (2011: £120.2 million).  

The contracts of employment for all the executive directors are held by Debenhams plc. The total cost of employing the directors  
is disclosed in the remuneration report. 

Auditors’ remuneration of £0.1 million (2011: £0.1 million) is borne by another Group undertaking. 

3 Dividends 

Final paid 2.0 pence (2011: nil pence) per £0.0001 share
–  Settled in cash 
Interim paid 1.0 pence (2011: 1.0 pence) per £0.0001 share
–  Settled in cash 

1 September
 2012 
£m

3 September
 2011 
£m

25.6

12.9

38.5

–

12.9

12.9

A final dividend of 2.0 pence per share (2011: nil pence per share) was paid during the year in respect of the financial year ended  
3 September 2011, together with an interim dividend of 1.0 pence per share (2011: 1.0 pence per share) in respect of the financial year 
ended 1 September 2012. The directors are proposing a final dividend in respect of the financial year ended 1 September 2012 of  
2.3 pence per share (2011: 2.0 pence per share), which will absorb an estimated £29.0 million (2011: £25.6 million) of shareholders’  
funds. It will be paid on 11 January 2013 to shareholders who are on the register of members at close of business on 7 December 2012.  
No liability is recorded in the financial statements in respect of the final dividend as it was not approved at the balance sheet date. 

124  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
4 Investments 

Cost 
At 3 September 2011 and at 1 September 2012 

Provision for impairment 
At 3 September 2011 and at 1 September 2012 

Net book value 
At 3 September 2011 and at 1 September 2012 

Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Investments in 
subsidiary 
undertakings 
£m

4,068.8

1,322.9

2,745.9

The directors consider that the carrying value of the investments is supported by their underlying net assets. 

Investment in subsidiary undertakings 
In accordance with FRS 11 “Impairment of fixed assets and goodwill” the carrying values of the Company’s subsidiary undertakings  
have been compared to their recoverable amounts represented by the value-in-use to the Company. The review has resulted in an 
impairment of nil (2011: nil). The discount rate used in the calculation to arrive at the valuation was 8.2% (2011: 8.9%) on a pre-tax basis. 

The principal subsidiary undertakings of the Company at 1 September 2012 are shown in note 33 of the Debenhams Group financial 
statements. 

5 Derivative financial instruments 

Current assets 
Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges 
Current liabilities 
Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges 
Non-current liabilities 
Interest rate swaps – cash flow hedges  

1 September
 2012 
£m

3 September
 2011 
£m

–

–

(8.3)
(8.3)

0.1

(0.3)

(3.8)
(4.0)

Information relating to the derivatives held by the Company are shown in note 21 of the Debenhams Group financial statements. 

6 Debtors 

Deferred tax asset (note 10)  
Amounts owed by Group undertakings 

1 September
 2012 
£m
1.9
133.6
135.5

3 September
 2011 
£m
1.1
114.0
115.1

Amounts owed by Group undertakings are unsecured, repayable on demand and carry an average rate of interest of 3.0% (2011: 2.8%). 

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  125 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued 

7 Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 

Bank borrowings (note 9) 
Amounts owed to Group undertakings 
Accruals  

1 September
 2012 
£m
151.8
1,022.9
0.6
1,175.3

3 September
 2011 
£m
160.6
1,051.5
0.6
1,212.7

Amounts owed to Group undertakings are unsecured, have no fixed date of redemption and either carry an average interest rate of 3.0% 
(2011: 2.8%) or are interest free. 

8 Creditors: amounts falling due after more than one year 

Bank borrowings (note 9)  

9 Borrowings 

Creditors: amounts falling due within one year 
Revolving credit facility  
Term loan facility  
Less: issue costs  

Creditors: amounts falling due in more than one year
Term loan facility  
Less: issue costs  

Maturity of debt 

Amounts falling due: 
In one year or less or on demand  
In more than one year but not more than two years  
In more than two years but not more than five years 

1 September
 2012 
£m
244.8

3 September
 2011 
£m
243.2

1 September
 2012 
£m

3 September
 2011 
£m

155.0
–
(3.2)
151.8

250.0
(5.2)
244.8

165.0
0.1
(4.5)
160.6

250.0
(6.8)
243.2

1 September
 2012 
£m

3 September
 2011 
£m

155.0
–
250.0
405.0

165.1
–
250.0
415.1

Information relating to the borrowings of the Company is shown in note 20 of the Debenhams Group financial statements. 

The Group has a £650.0 million credit facility comprising a term loan of £250.0 million and a Revolving Credit Facility (“RCF”) of  
£400.0 million. These facilities expire in October 2015, with an option to extend further to October 2016. At 1 September 2012 the 
Group’s facilities outstanding comprised the term loan of £250 million (2011: £250.0 million) and RCF drawings of £155.0 million (2011: 
£165.0 million). During the current and prior financial years the Company has complied with its covenants relating to its credit facilities. 

Issue costs, which mainly relate to facility costs, are being amortised over the term of the facilities to October 2015 at the effective 
interest rate based on the committed amount of the term loan. The total amortisation charge relating to the issue costs of the Group’s 
credit facilities cancelled and current for the financial year ended 1 September 2012 was £2.9 million (2011: £5.8 million). 

126  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10 Deferred taxation 

At 3 September 2011 – asset 
Credited to reserves 
At 1 September 2012 – asset 

Overview 
Strategy review
Finance and risk review 
Sustainability 
Governance 
Accounts 

2
10
32
46
52
75

Fair value
 gains 
£m
1.1
0.8
1.9

Deferred tax is calculated in full on all temporary differences under the liability method using a tax rate of 23.0% (2011: 25.0%). 

The Finance Act 2012, which became substantially enacted on 3 July 2012, included legislation reducing the main rate of corporation  
tax from 26% to 24% from 1 April 2012 and also reducing the main rate of corporation tax from 24% to 23% from 1 April 2013. A further 
reduction to the main rate is proposed to reduce the rate to 22% by 1 April 2014. This further change has not been substantially enacted 
at the balance sheet date and is therefore not included in these financial statements. 

The effect of the reduction in the corporation tax rate enacted in the 2012 Act has been to reduce the net deferred tax asset recognised  
at 3 September 2011 by approximately £0.1 million. 

The proposed reduction of the main rate of corporation tax to 22% from 1 April 2014 is expected to be enacted separately next year.  
The overall effect of the further change from 23% to 22%, if applied to the deferred tax balances at 1 September 2012, would be to reduce 
the net deferred tax asset be approximately £0.1 million. 

Deferred tax provided on the fair value gains represents the deferred tax on the derivatives that qualify for cash flow hedges. 

11 Called-up share capital 

Issued and fully paid – Ordinary shares of £0.0001 each
At start and end of year  

1 September 2012

3 September 2011 

£ 

Number 

£ 

Number

128,680 1,286,806,299 

128,680 

1,286,806,299

The Company acquired 23,559,155 of its own shares through purchases on the London Stock Exchange during the financial year.  
The total amount paid to acquire the shares net of income tax was £20.1 million. The shares are held as treasury shares. The Company 
has the right to reissue these shares at a later date. All shares acquired by the Company were fully paid. 

The number of ordinary shares in the Company held by the Debenhams Retail Employee Trust 2004 (“DRET”) in connection with the 
Group’s employee ownership plan described is as follows: 

Debenhams Retail Employee Trust 2004 

1 September 
2012 
Ordinary 
shares 
Number
723,536

3 September 
2011 
Ordinary 
shares 
Number
723,536

The market value of the shares at 1 September 2012 was £0.7 million for the DRET (2011: £0.4 million). The cost of the shares held at the 
year end was £0.6 million (2011: £0.6 million). 

Share option schemes 
At 1 September 2012 the Group had four schemes in operation: the Performance Share Plan (“PSP”), the Executive Share Option Plan 
(“ESOP”), the Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”) and the Deferred Bonus Matching Plan (“DBMP”). The following table reconciles the movement 
in share options and the weighted average exercise price (“WAEP”) for the ESOP scheme. Grants under the PSP, SIP and DBMP share 
options all comprise a right to acquire shares for no or nominal consideration.  

For further information on these schemes please see note 28 of the Debenhams Group financial statements. 

Outstanding at 28 August 2010  
Granted 
Exercised 
Lapsed 
Forfeited 
Outstanding at 3 September 2011  
Granted 
Forfeited 
Outstanding at 1 September 2012

DBMP
Number
–
849,130
–
–
(12,927)
836,203
–
(248,920)
587,283

SIP 
Number
715,000 
650,000
(690,000)
–
(25,000)
650,000
200,000
(400,000)
450,000

PSP  
Number 
5,382,579 
191,250 
– 
(3,410,092) 
– 
2,163,737 
5,947,558 
(634,410) 
7,476,885 

ESOP

Number
2,414,374
–
–
(1,451,682)
–
962,692
–
(131,069)
831,623

WAEP
Pence
95.1
–
–
103.0
–
85.5
–
85.5
85.5

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  127 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 Notes to the Company Financial Statements continued 

12 Reserves 

At 3 September 2011  
Profit for the financial year 
Cash flow hedges – net fair value losses (net of tax)  
Employee share ownership plans (net of tax)  
Purchase of treasury shares 
Dividends to shareholders (note 3) 
At 1 September 2012 

Share premium  
account  
£m 
682.9 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
682.9 

Hedging 
reserve 
£m
(2.9)
–
(3.5)
–
–
–
(6.4)

Profit and loss 
account 
£m
721.0
112.4
–
1.6
(20.1)
(38.5)
776.4

Hedging Reserve 
The hedging reserve represents the change in fair value of the interest rate swaps which have been designated as cash flow hedges. 

Profit and Loss Account 
A dividend of £38.5 million (2011: £12.9 million) was paid by the Company during the financial year ended 1 September 2012. 

13 Reconciliation of movements in shareholders’ funds 

Profit for the financial year 
Dividends paid (note 3)  
Retained profit 
Cash flow hedges: 
–  Net fair value (losses)/gains (net of tax)  
Purchase of treasury shares 
Employee share ownership plans (net of tax)  
Net increase to shareholders’ funds 
Opening shareholders’ funds  
Closing shareholders’ funds 

1 September
 2012 
£m
112.4
(38.5)
73.9

3 September
 2011 
£m
120.2
(12.9)
107.3

(3.5)
(20.1)
1.6
51.9
1,401.1
1,453.0

1.0
–
1.4
109.7
1,291.4
1,401.1

14 Contingent liabilities 
The Company is also liable for the pension schemes’ contributions and deficits, where relevant, for both the Debenhams Executive 
Pension Plan and the Debenhams Retirement Scheme. The liability in the schemes at 1 September 2012 was £57.3 million (2011: asset  
of £3.9 million). 

There are a number of contingent liabilities that arise in the normal course of business which, if realised are not expected to result in  
a material liability to the Company. The Company recognises provisions for liabilities when it is more likely than not that a settlement 
will be required and the value of such a payment can be reliably estimated. 

128  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012 

 
 
 
Store list

UK
Aberdeen
Altrincham
Ashford
Ayr
Ballymena
Banbury
Bangor 
Barrow
Basildon
Basingstoke
Bath
Bedford
Belfast
Birmingham
Birmingham Fort
Blackburn
Blackpool
Bolton
Bournemouth
Brighton
Bristol
Bromley
Bury (Gtr Manchester)
Bury St Edmunds
Cambridge
Canterbury
Cardiff
Carlisle
Carmarthen
Chatham
Chelmsford
Cheltenham
Chester
Chesterfield*
Clapham
Colchester
Coventry
Crawley
Croydon
Derby
Doncaster
Dumfries
Dundee
Dunfermline
East Kilbride
Eastbourne
Edinburgh
Eltham
Exeter
Falkirk
Fareham
Farnborough
Folkestone

Foyleside
Gateshead –  
Metro Centre
Glasgow
Glasgow Silverburn
Gloucester
Gravesend
Great Yarmouth
Guildford
Hanley
Harrogate
Harrow
Hastings
Hemel Hempstead
Hounslow
Hull
Ilford
Inverness
Ipswich
Kidderminster
King’s Lynn
Kirkcaldy
Lakeside
Leeds – City Centre 
Leeds – White Rose
Leicester
Leith
Lincoln
Liverpool
Livingston
Llandudno
Llanelli
London – Oxford Street
London – Westfield
Luton
Manchester
Manchester –  
Trafford Park
Mansfield 
Merryhill
Merthyr Tydfil
Middlesbrough
Milton Keynes
Monks Cross
Newbridge
Newbury - Outlet
Newbury - Parkway
Newcastle-upon-Tyne
Newry
Northampton
Norwich
Nottingham
Nuneaton

Oldham
Orpington
Oxford
Perth
Plymouth
Portsmouth
Preston
Reading
Redditch
Romford
Rushmere
Salisbury
Scarborough
Sheffield
Sheffield – Meadowhall
Slough
Southampton
Southend
Southport
Southsea
South Shields
Staines
Stirling
Stockport
Stockton
Stratford-upon-Avon
Sunderland
Sutton
Swansea
Swindon
Taunton
Telford
Torquay
Truro 
Uxbridge
Wakefield
Walsall
Walton
Warrington
Welwyn Garden City
Westwood Cross
Weymouth
Wigan
Wimbledon
Winchester
Witney
Woking
Worcester
Workington
Worthing 
Wrexham
York 

International 
Magasin du Nord
Århus
Field’s – Copenhagen
Kgs Nytorv – 
Copenhagen
Lyngby
Odense
Rødovre

Republic of Ireland
Cork – Mahon Point
Cork – Patrick Street
Dublin – Blackrock
Dublin – Blanchardstown
Dublin – Henry Street
Dublin – Tallaght
Galway
Limerick
Newbridge
Tralee
Waterford

Iran 
Mashad
Shiraz
Tehran
Tehran Jame Jam

Jordan 
Amman

Kazakhstan 
Astana 

Kuwait 
Airport
Avenues
Souq Sharq

Malaysia 
Kuala Lumpur
Kuala Lumpur –  
The Curve

Malta 
Tigne Point

Franchise stores
Armenia 
SAS Home Store
SAS Home Store (Komitas)
Yerevan

Philippines 
Davao Abreeza Mall
Manila Glorieta
Manila Shangri La
Manila Trinoma

Azerbaijan 
Baku

Bahrain 
Manama

Cyprus 
Avenue
Apollon
Central
Engomi
Kinyras
Korivos
Ledra
Nicosia
Olympia
Zenon

Czech Republic 
Prague

Egypt 
Alexandria

Georgia
Tblisi*

Hungary 
Budapest

Iceland 
Reykjavik

India 
Bangalore 
Delhi
Mumbai

Indonesia 
Jakarta Senayan City
Karawaci
Kemang Village*

Qatar 
Doha

Romania 
Banessa 
Bucharest
Constanta
Oradea
Plaza 
Sun Plaza

Russia
Moscow

Pakistan
Karachi

Saudi Arabia 
Gallery 
Jeddah
Jeddah Airport
Khobar
Madinah Al Noor
Mecca
Riyadh Granada Mall
Riyadh Kingdom Mall
Riyadh Sahara Mall

Turkey 
Istanbul

UAE 
Abu Dhabi
Abu Dhabi Dalma*
Dubai Deira
Dubai Ibn Battuta
Dubai Mall 
Dubai Mall of Emirates
Dubai Mirdiff
Sharjah

Vietnam 
Ho Chi Minh City

*Opened after 1 September 2012

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  129 

 
Glossary

Concessions
Brands which are sold through our stores where the stock belongs to a third party concessionaire. They are found chiefly in womenswear 
(e.g. Wallis, Oasis, Warehouse) and accessories (e.g. Tripp luggage).

Core brands
Brands designed and produced exclusively for Debenhams. They include brands such as Collection, Mantaray, Maine New England and 
Red Herring. They are found in all product categories.

Designers at Debenhams
Exclusive diffusion ranges designed for Debenhams by leading international designers including Julien Macdonald, Jasper Conran  
and John Rocha.

Earnings per share (“EPS”) 
The profit for the year attributable to shareholders, divided by the weighted average number of shares in issue. 

EBITDA
Earnings before interest, taxation, depreciation and amortisation.

Flagship store
A large store, typically over 100,000 sq ft, in a major city. They include Oxford Street and Westfield in London, Henry Street in Dublin, 
Birmingham, Liverpool and Newcastle-upon-Tyne.

Footfall 
The number of people who visit our stores. 

Free cash flow
Cash generated from operations before exceptional items less net cash used in investing activities.

Gross margin 
Gross transaction value less the cost of goods sold, as a percentage of gross transaction value.

Gross transaction value
Revenue (excluding VAT) on a gross basis before adjusting for concessions, consignments and staff discounts.

International brands
Brands such as Levis, Ben Sherman, Clarins and Estée Lauder for which Debenhams owns the stock.

Market share 
The percentage of the market or market segment that is being serviced by Debenhams. For instance, if 100 T-shirts were sold a year in the UK  
and Debenhams sold ten of them, it would have 10 % market share. 

Multi-channel
Multi-channel sales comprise those from online, mobile, instore ordering and click and collect. We use online sales as a measure of the growth 
of the multi-channel business as it is the largest of these sales channels.

Own bought brands
Brands for which Debenhams owns the stock. They include core brands, Designers at Debenhams and international brands.

Uninvested core store
A store which is neither new nor modernised. All remaining uninvested core stores will be modernised by Christmas 2014.

 130  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

Shareholder information

Registered office and head office
1 Welbeck Street 
London W1G 0AA 
Registered in England and Wales 
Company number: 5448421

Financial advisors
Lazard 
50 Stratton Street 
London W1J 8LL

Stockbrokers
Citigroup Global Markets Limited 
Citigroup Centre 
Canada Square 
London E14 5LB

Oriel Securities Limited 
150 Cheapside 
London EC2V 6ET

Solicitors
Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer 
65 Fleet Street 
London EC4Y 1HS

Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors 
1 Embankment Place 
London WC2N 6RH

Registrars
Equiniti Limited 
Aspect House 
Spencer Road 
Lancing 
West Sussex BN99 6DA 
Telephone: 0871 384 2766* 
www.shareview.co.uk

* Calls to this number cost 8p per minute from a BT landline; other providers’ costs may vary.  
Lines are open 8.30am to 5.30pm, Monday to Friday.

Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012  131 

www.debenhams.com

Designed and produced by luminous.co.uk

Printed in-house by Debenhams

 132  Debenhams plc Annual Report and Accounts 2012

1 Welbeck Street, London, W1G 0AA 
www.debenhams.com